PT Intan Pariwara Layanan Konsumen: ,

Transkripsi

1

2

3 Copyright 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor 016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/424/2009. Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun, elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit. Kode file IP2_BING7B_PG09. Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti. Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana. Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan). PT Intan Pariwara Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia, Telp. (0272) , Fax (0272) , intan@intanpariwara.co.id Layanan Konsumen: , cs@intanpariwara.co.id

4 Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini. Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar. Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks, tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar. Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi peserta didik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluang untuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik. Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika peserta didik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya dengan menata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik. Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulis dalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapak demi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajar tadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidik untuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak ada yang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh. Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitas terbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan? Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatan pembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitas pembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, peserta didik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dan kemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, atau mengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagai fenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas. Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagai sarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangun pemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain. Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa. Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR juga memberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatu materi. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokus belajar peserta didik tetap terjaga. Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihan yang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yang lazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soal tersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti. Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawan perangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkan posisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna. Klaten, November 2009 Penyusun PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 iii

5 Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs Komponen Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Tahun Ajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (jam pembelajaran) Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) Jumlah Jam Per Tahun 60 menit) A. Mata Pelajaran 1. Pendidikan Agama Pendidikan Kewarganegaraan Bahasa Indonesia Bahasa Inggris Matematika IPA IPS Seni Budaya dan Keterampilan Pendidikan Jasmani, Olahraga, dan Kesehatan Keterampilan/TIK B. Muatan Lokal Jumlah Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah: Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar. Keterangan: 1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan. 2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit. 3. Cara menghitung: a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Tahun b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit) c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit 4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah. 5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran. Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 2 Mata Pelajaran Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Semester Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (jam pembelajaran) Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (menit) Jumlah Jam Per Semester (@ 60 menit) 4. Bahasa Inggris ,5 50,5 iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs

6 Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) Kelas VII, Semester 2 Standar Kompetensi Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat Membaca 11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat Kompetensi Dasar 7.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta 7.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespon secara interpersonal 8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, dan meminta dan memberi fakta 9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, merespon secara interpersonal 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure 11.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat 11.2 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar dan berterima dalam esei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure 11.3 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 v

7 SILABUS 1 28 Unit 1 Descriptives Unit 2 Descriptives Unit 3 Procedures UNIT 1 Descriptives Expressing Likes and Dislikes Asking for and Giving Opinions Genre: Descriptive Prepositions Telling Time Announcements and Greeting Cards UNIT 2 Descriptives Asking for and Giving Things Genre: Descriptive The Simple Present Tense Announcements and Notices Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester UNIT 3 Procedures Asking for and Giving Facts Asking for and Giving Services Asking for Clarification Responding Interpersonally Genre: Procedure Adverbs Warnings and Tips Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas Daftar Pustaka 210 vi Kegiatan Daftar Isi Tatap Muka

8 SILABUS Unit 1 Descriptives Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs... Kelas/Semester : VII/2 Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Unit : 1 Genre : Descriptive Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7.2 Merespons makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyatakan suka dan tidak suka. 1. Memahami percakapan dan berbagai ungkapan meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyatakan suka dan tidak suka. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan ungkapan yang dibahas. 3. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang dibacakan guru, lalu menulis kalimatkalimat tersebut. 4. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyatakan suka dan tidak suka. Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes lisan Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Dikte Isian Jawaban singkat Read the following dialog. Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 1

9 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 6. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard? Correct the false ones. 7. Mencari arti dari katakata yang tersedia. Tes tulis Uraian Find the meanings of the following words. You will hear them in the dialogs in Task F. 8. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk Teks fungsional pendek lisan: announcements. 1. Menyimak contoh pengumuman lisan beserta penjelasannya. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan pengumuman. 3. Mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia. Mampu memahami makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berbentuk pengumuman secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Uraian Read the following text. Answer the following questions. Read the following words. Find out their meanings. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. 2 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

10 Kompetensi Dasar berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. 8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Monolog descriptive. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 4. Melengkapi teks pengumuman berdasarkan pengumuman yang dibacakan guru. 5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengumuman yang disimak pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Memahami contoh monolog descriptive dan penjelasannya. 7. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan teks descriptive tentang rumah dan keluarga. Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks descriptive. 8. Mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia. 9. Melengkapi teks descriptive lisan berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru. 10. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 11. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru. Teknik Tes tulis Tes lisan Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Jawaban singkat Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Uraian Isian Jawaban singkat Pilihan ganda Contoh Instrumen Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. Answer the questions based on the announcement in Task B. Read the following monolog. Answer the following questions. Read the following words. Find out their meanings. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Alokasi Waktu 2 40' Sumber Belajar Buku-buku lain yang relevan. Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 7, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 3

11 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyatakan suka atau tidak suka. 1. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang tersedia. 2. Melengkapi percakapan dengan ungkapan-ungkapan dalam kotak yang sesuai. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 4. Bertanya jawab tentang hal-hal yang disukai dan yang tidak disukai teman, lalu menulis hasil tanya jawab tersebut ke dalam kolom yang sesuai. 5. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang baik. 6. Memperagakan percakapan yang sudah urut. 7. Melengkapi kalimat soal dengan kata yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Mampu melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyatakan suka atau tidak suka. Mampu mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang. Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Jawaban singkat Isian Jawaban singkat Tanya jawab Menyusun kalimat acak Unjuk kerja Isian Read the dialog. Answer the questions that follow. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B. In turns, ask whether your friend likes or dislikes the activities in the table. Put a tick ( ) in the right column. See the example. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog. Complete the following statements with the proper words based on the dialog in Task E. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 8. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagakan percakapan yang telah dibuat. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Make dialogs based on the following situations. 4 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

12 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks lisan fungsional pendek: pengumuman. 1. Membuat pengumuman lisan berdasarkan kata-kata kunci yang tersedia. 2. Membuat pengumuman lisan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu membaca nyaring pengumuman yang telah dibuat. Mampu melakukan monolog dalam bentuk pengumuman dengan lancar dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Make an announcement based on the following cue words. Make announcements based on the following situations. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Monolog descriptive. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. 3. Menceritakan kembali teks descriptive dengan kata-kata sendiri. 4. Melakukan monolog descriptive berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia. 5. Bermonolog tentang rumah atau salah satu ruangan yang ada di rumah. Mampu melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Read the following text. Retell it using your own words. Look at the picture. Describe it briefly. Describe your house or one of the rooms in your house orally. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 12. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 5

13 Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 11.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks fungsional pendek tulis: kartu ucapan (greeting cards). 1. Memahami contoh kartu ucapan dan penjelasannya. 2. Menyebutkan isi teks (kartu ucapan) yang tersedia. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan kartu ucapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 4. Menjodohkan situasisituasi dengan kartu ucapan yang sesuai. Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk kartu ucapan dengan benar. Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Jawaban singkat Menjodohkan Read the following text. Read the following text. What is it about? Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. Match the following situations with the suitable greeting cards. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Merespons makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam esei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Teks descriptive. Kata depan (preposition). Ungkapan untuk menanyakan atau menyatakan waktu. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. 5. Memahami contoh teks descriptive tulis dan penjelasannya. 6. Memahami contoh dan penjelasan tentang preposition dan time. 7. Menyusun paragraf acak menjadi teks yang baik. 8. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Mampu membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana. Mampu mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details. Mampu mengidentifikasi langkah-langkah retorika dalam wacana descriptive. Non tes Non tes Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian objektif Uraian objektif Menyusun paragraf acak Pernyataan benar/salah Read the following text. Read the following dialog. Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to get a good text. Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A? Correct the false ones. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 8 11, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 6 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

14 Kompetensi Dasar 11.3 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang berterima. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 9. Melengkapi family tree berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 10. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks yang tersedia. 11. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang tersedia. 12. Mengartikan kata-kata yang tersedia, lalu menentukan tempat di mana benda tersebut biasa terletak. 13. Menulis kalimat menggunakan preposition berdasarkan gambar-gambar yang tersedia. 14. Melengkapi teks dengan waktu yang tepat sesuai dengan jadwal yang tersedia. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Jawaban singkat Pilihan ganda Identifikasi Uraian Isian Contoh Instrumen Complete the following family tree based on the text in Task A. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the following words and find their meanings. Put a tick ( ) in the columns where you usually find such things. Write sentences about the following pictures using proper prepositions. See the example. Look at the following time schedule. Complete the text based on the time schedule. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 7

15 Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks fungsional pendek tulis: kartu ucapan (greeting cards). 1. Membuat kartu ucapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia. 2. Menulis kartu ucapan dengan topik bebas. Mampu menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti kartu ucapan dengan benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Esai Esai Write greeting cards based on the following situations. Write a greeting card. You re free to choose your own topic. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 20. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Teks descriptive. 3. Mengamati posisi lima benda di dalam kelas, lalu menulis kalimat tentang hal tersebut. 4. Menulis lima kalimat tentang waktu siswa melakukan kegiatan sehari-hari. 5 Memahami teks, lalu membuat family tree berdasarkan teks tersebut. 6. Menulis teks descriptive tentang keluarga teman dekat berdasarkan tanya jawab yang dilakukan. Mampu menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk descriptive dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian Uraian Uraian Esai Notice five things in your classroom. Write the positions of the things using prepositions. Write five sentences telling the time you do your daily activities. Read the following text. Make a family tree based on the text. Ask your close friend about his/ her family. Write a descriptive about his/her family. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 8 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

16 SILABUS Unit 2 Descriptives Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs... Kelas/Semester : VII/2 Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Unit : 2 Genre : Descriptive Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7.1 Merespons makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta. Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan untuk meminta dan memberi barang. 1. Membaca dan memahami percakapan dalam gambar serta berbagai ungkapan meminta dan memberi barang. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi yang berkaitan dengan materi pada unit sebelumnya. 3. Melengkapi teks percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 4. Menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya, lalu membetulkan pernyataan yang salah. Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi barang. Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Isian Pernyataan benar/salah Read the following dialogs. Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A? Correct the false ones. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 9

17 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 5. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menirukannya. 6. Menentukan topik setiap percakapan. 7. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 8. Mengingat kembali nama-nama bagian wajah yang telah dipelajari pada semester sebelumnya, kemudian menyebutkan nama bagian-bagian wajah itu. 9. Mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia. 10. Menjodohkan deskripsi dengan gambar yang tersedia. Teknik Tes unjuk kerja Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Unjuk kerja Uraian Jawaban singkat Uraian Uraian Menjodohkan Contoh Instrumen Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. What is each dialog about? Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C. Recall the names of these parts of the body you learned last semester. Mention the names. The words below can be used to describe parts of the body. Find their meanings in the dictionary. Match the following descriptions below with the correct descriptions. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

18 Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks lisan fungsional pendek: pengumuman (announcement). 1. Menyimak dan mempelajari contoh serta penjelasan tentang pengumuman lisan. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi mengenai pengumuman yang biasa didengar di sekolah. 3. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibacakan guru. 4. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengumuman tersebut. Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berbentuk pengumuman secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Non tes Tes lisan Tes lisan Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Jawaban singkat Read the following text. Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher. Answer the questions below. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 39, 40. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 5. Melengkapi pengumuman sesuai dengan yang didengar. Tes tulis Isian Listen to your teacher. Complete the following announcement below based on what you have heard. 6. Menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan pengumuman pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 7. Membetulkan pernyataan yang salah. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the announcement in Task B? Correct the false ones. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 11

19 Kompetensi Dasar 8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Monolog descriptive. Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 8. Membaca dan mempelajari contoh monolog penjelasan descriptive. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan materi pada unit sebelumnya. Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks descriptive. 10. Menyimak monolog yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan monolog tersebut. 11. Menyimak monolog yang dibacakan guru, lalu melengkapi teks berdasarkan monolog tersebut. 12. Menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 13. Membetulkan pernyataan yang salah. Teknik Non tes Tes lisan Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Jawaban singkat Isian Pernyataan benar/salah Contoh Instrumen Read the following monolog. Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard. Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B? Correct the false ones. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal , Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 12 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

20 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta. Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta dan memberi barang. 1. Melengkapi percakapan dengan kata-kata yang tepat dari dalam kotak. 2. Memperagakan percakapan dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 4 Menyusun kalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang baik. 5. Memperagakan percakapan yang sudah urut tersebut. 6. Menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya, lalu membetulkan pernyataan yang salah. 7. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menirukan. 8. Mempelajari percakapanpercakapan yang tersedia. Mampu melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta dan memberi barang. Mampu mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang. Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Tes lisan Isian Unjuk kerja Jawaban singkat Menyusun kalimat acak Unjuk kerja Pernyataan benar/salah Menirukan Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the boxes. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs. Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the dialogs in Task C? Correct the false ones. Read the dialogs and repeat after your teacher. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 13

21 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 9. Secara berpasangan, melengkapi percakapan yang tersedia berdasarkan gambar dan menggunakan katakata kunci. 10. Memperagakan percakapan yang telah lengkap. 11. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan gambargambar yang tersedia. 12. Memperagakan percakapan yang telah dibuat. Teknik Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Work in pairs. Complete the following dialogs below based on the pictures. Use the words given. Make dialogs using the following pictures. Use expressions of asking for and giving something. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 14 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

22 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks lisan fungsional pendek: pengumuman. 1. Melengkapi pengumuman menggunakan katakata yang tersedia dalam kotak. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengumuman pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Membuat pengumuman berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia. 4. Membaca nyaring pengumuman tersebut. Mampu mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk pengumuman dengan lancar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes unjuk kerja Isian Jawaban singkat Unjuk kerja Complete the following announcement with the suitable words or phrases from the box. Answer the following questions based on the announcement in Task A. Suppose you were in charge of a book fair. Make an announcement that there would be a talk show in the fair. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 41. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Monolog descriptive. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. 5. Melihat gambar dan membaca data-data yang tersedia, dan menambah informasi yang dirasa perlu. 6. Mendeskripsikan secara lisan orangorang dalam gambar berdasar data dan gambar tersebut. 7. Membuat catatan mengenai data seseorang dan yang dilakukan orang tersebut dalam pekerjaannya. 8. Mendeskripsikan orang tersebut berdasarkan data yang diperoleh secara lisan. Mampu melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Look at the pictures and read the data. Describe the people based on the data. You may add other information you know about the people. Find out one of your relative s or neighbors jobs. Tell your friends about what he/ she does in his/ her job. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 15

23 Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 11.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks tulis fungsional pendek: notice. 1. Membaca dan mempelajari notices yang tersedia. 2. Melengkapi notices menggunakan katakata yang tersedia. 3. Membaca kembali notices pada kegiatan sebelumnya dan menyebutkan hal-hal yang sebaiknya dilakukan/tidak dilakukan berdasarkan notices tersebut. Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk notices dengan benar. Non tes Tes tulis Tes lisan Uraian objektif Isian Jawaban singkat Read the following texts. Look at the following notices. Complete them with the correct words from the box. What should/ should not we do according to each notice in Task A? 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 39, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 4. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan notices yang tersedia. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer Merespons makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam esei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Teks descriptive. The simple present tense. 5. Membaca dan mempelajari teks dekriptif yang tersedia. 6. Membaca dan memahami penjelasan dan contoh kalimat the simple present tense. 7. Membaca teks yang tersedia, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks tersebut. Mampu mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details. Mampu membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana. Non tes Non tes Tes tulis Uraian objektif Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Read the following text. Read the following sentences. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal , Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 16 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

24 Kompetensi Dasar 11.3 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang berterima. Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 8. Mengubah kata-kata dalam kurung menjadi bentuk yang tepat untuk melengkapi teks. 9. Membaca nyaring teks yang telah lengkap. 10. Melihat gambar dan membaca teks yang tersedia. 11. Menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan teks tersebut. 12. Membetulkan pernyataan yang salah. Teknik Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Membaca nyaring Pernyataan benar/salah Contoh Instrumen Change the words in brackets into their correct forms. Look at the picture and read the text. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text? Correct the false ones. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 17

25 Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks fungsional pendek tulis: notice. 1. Menulis notices berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia. 2. Menulis notices yang biasa ditemui siswa di tempat-tempat tertentu. Mampu menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti notice dengan benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian Uraian Write notices based on the following situations. Write down notices you can find in the following places. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 42. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Teks descriptive. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia. 4. Menulis teks descriptive berdasarkan jawaban pertanyaanpertanyaan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 5. Menulis teks descriptive mengenai salah seorang staf sekolah. Mampu menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk descriptive dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian Esai Esai Look at the picture. Answer the following questions based on the picture. Write the description of the person in Task A based on your answers. You may add additional information you like. Write a descriptive about one of the school staff members. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 18 Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

26 SILABUS Unit 3 Procedures Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs... Kelas/Semester : VII/2 Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Unit : 3 Genre : Procedure Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7.1 Merespons makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta. Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapanungkapan: meminta dan memberi fakta, meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. 1. Membaca percakapan dan memahami penjelasan tentang ungkapan-ungkapan yang dipelajari dalam unit ini. 2. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan apersepsi tentang materi pada unit sebelumnya. 3. Menyimak guru membaca percakapanpercakapan yang tersedia, lalu menirukannya. 4. Melengkapi percakapan soal berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 5. Mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia. Mampu bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi fakta, meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. Non tes Tes lisan Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Unjuk kerja Isian Uraian Read the following dialog. Answer the following questions. Listen and repeat after your teacher. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard. Find the meanings of the following words. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 19

27 Kompetensi Dasar 7.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 6. Menentukan pernyataan soal benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 7. Membetulkan pernyataan yang salah. 8. Membaca dan memahami percakapan yang ada. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan percakapan tersebut. 10. Menuliskan ungkapanungkapan yang dibacakan guru. 11. Bercakap-cakap dengan teman menggunakan ungkapan tersebut. 12. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapan yang diperdengarkan. Teknik Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Pernyataan benar/salah Jawaban singkat Dikte Unjuk kerja Pilihan ganda Contoh Instrumen Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs in Task B? Correct the false ones. Read the following dialogs. Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions. Listen to your teacher. Write down the expressions you have heard on a sheet of paper. In turns, use the expressions in short conversations with your friend. Listen to the dialogs. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 20 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

28 Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks lisan fungsional pendek: peringatan (warning). 1. Menyimak guru membacakan peringatan (warning) dan memahami penjelasan yang tersedia. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi berdasarkan pengalaman siswa. 3. Menjelaskan arti katakata yang tersedia. Mampu merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berbentuk peringatan (warning) secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Uraian Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation. Answer the following questions. You will hear the following words in the text in Task B. Find their meanings. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 4. Melengkapi teks yang ada berdasarkan teks lengkap yang dibacakan guru. Tes tulis Isian Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. 5. Menjawab pernyataan berdasarkan teks yang telah diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard. 6. Menyimak teks peringatan yang dibacakan guru. 7. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan teks tersebut. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to your teacher. Then, complete the statements based on what you have heard. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 21

29 Kompetensi Dasar 8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Monolog procedure. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 8. Menyimak guru membacakan monolog procedure dan memahami keterangan yang tersedia. 9. Mengingat materi pada unit sebelumnya dan menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia. Mampu merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks procedure. 10. Menjelaskan arti katakata yang tersedia. 11. Menyimak teks yang dibacakan guru, lalu menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan teks tersebut. 12. Melengkapi teks yang tersedia berdasarkan teks utuh yang dibacakan guru. 13. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapan yang diperdengarkan. Teknik Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Uraian Pernyataan benar/salah Isian Pilihan ganda Contoh Instrumen Read the following monolog. Answer the following questions. You will hear the following words in the monolog in Task B. Find the meanings of the words. Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard? Correct the false ones. Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task C. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 66, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 22 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

30 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, dan meminta dan memberi fakta. Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapanungkapan: meminta dan memberi fakta, meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. 1. Menyimak guru membaca percakapanpercakapan yang tersedia, lalu menirukannya. 2. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Melengkapi percakapan dengan ungkapan yang tersedia dengan benar. 4. Memperagakan percakapan yang sudah lengkap. 5. Melengkapi pernyataanpernyataan soal berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang runtut. Mampu melakukan percakapan dengan benar menggunakan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi fakta, meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta klarifikasi, dan merespons secara interpersonal. Tes unjuk kerja Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Tes tulis Unjuk kerja Jawaban singkat Isian Unjuk kerja Isian Menyusun kalimat acak Listen and repeat after your teacher. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Complete each dialog with the correct expressions from the box. Then, perform it with a friend. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task C. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 23

31 Kompetensi Dasar 9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi merespons secara interpersonal. Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 7. Memahami percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya, lalu menentukan apakah pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah. 8. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 9. Secara berpasangan, menyusun percakapan berdasarkan panduan yang ada. 10. Memperagakan percakapan yang dibuat di depan kelas. 11. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan gambar dan kata-kata kunci yang tersedia. 12. Memperagakan percakapan yang dibuat di depan kelas. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Pernyataan benar/salah Pilihan ganda Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task E? Correct the false ones. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. In pairs, make a dialog based on the guideline below. Create a dialog based onone of the pictures below. Use the key words and the expressions you have learned. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 24 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

32 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks lisan fungsional pendek: peringatan (warning). 1. Menyampaikan kembali peringatan yang ada di Summary dengan kata-katanya sendiri. 2. Menyampaikan secara lisan peringatanberdasar peringatan tulis yang tersedia dengan kata-katanya sendiri. 3. Menyampaikan secara lisan peringatan berdasarkan situasi soal dan petunjuk yang tersedia. Mampu mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk peringatan (warning) secara lancar, akurat, dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Read the warning in the Summary section. Retell it using your own words. Read the following warning. Retell it using your own words. Deliver warnings based on the following situations and clues. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Monolog procedure. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. 4. Menjelaskan arti katakata yang tersedia. 5. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang terdapat dalam kotak dengan tepat. 6. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 7. Melakukan monolog berdasarkan gambargambar dan kata-kata kunci yang tersedia. Mampu melakukan monolog procedure sederhana dengan bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan tepat. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes unjuk kerja Uraian Isian Jawaban singkat Unjuk kerja You will find the following words in the text in Task B. Find their meanings. Complete the text with the words from the box. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B. Tell your friends how to make your local food/drink. You may put the picture of the food/drink. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 25

33 Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 11.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks tulis fungsional pendek: tip. 1. Membaca dan memahami tip yang tersedia. 2. Membaca nyaring tip yang tersedia dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar. 3. Menjelaskan arti katakata yang tersedia. 4. Menentukan apakah suatu pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan tip pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Mampu merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentu tip dengan tepat. Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian objektif Membaca nyaring Uraian Pernyataan benar/salah Read the following text. Read the text with proper pronunciation. Find the meanings of the words that follow. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal. 76, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 5. Menjodohkan katakata yang tersedia dengan artinya yang tepat. Tes tulis Menjodohkan Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. You will find the words in Task D. 6. Melengkapi tip dengan kata-kata yang tersedia dengan tepat. Tes tulis Isian Complete the following text with the correct words from the box. 7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. keadaan siswa, dan membandingkannya dengan siswa lain. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Choose the correct words based on the complete text in Task D. 26 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

34 Kompetensi Dasar 11.2 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam esei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk: descriptive dan procedure Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Teks procedure. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. Tatabahasa yang terkait, yaitu kata keterangan (adverb). Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 8. Membaca nyaring teks yang tersedia dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat. 9. Memahami penjelasan tentang struktur teks tersebut. 10. Memahami penjelasan tentang berbagai jenis kata keterangan (adverb). 11. Membaca nyaring teks yang tersedia dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat. 12. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks tersebut. Mampu merespons makna gagasan dalam wacana procedure dengan tepat. Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana procedure dengan intonasi, lafal, dan ejaan yang benar dan berterima. 13. Menggarisbawahi kata keterangan yang terdapat dalam teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 14. Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan kata keterangan yang sesuai/cocok. 15. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi prosedur yang urut. 16. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Teknik Tes lisan Non tes Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Membaca nyaring Uraian objektif Uraian objektif Membaca nyaring Jawaban singkat Identifikasi Isian Menyusun kalimat acak Pilihan ganda Contoh Instrumen Read the following text. Read the following sentences. Read the text below. Answer the questions based on the complete text. Read the text in Task A once again. Underline the adverbs in the text. Complete the sentences below with suitable adverbs. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task D. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 27

35 Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat. Teks tulis fungsional pendek: tip. 1. Menuliskan topik dari setiap tip yang tersedia dengan tepat. 2. Melengkapi pernyataanpernyataan soal berdasarkan tip pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi tip yang benar. 4. Menulis tip yang pernah diikuti. Mampu menulis tip dengan akurat dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian Isian Menyusun kalimat acak Uraian Here are some tips. Write down the suitable topic for each of the tips below. Complete the following statements based on the tips in Task A. Put the following sentences in a good order to get a good tip. What tips do you think work on you? Write and share the tips with your friends. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure. Teks procedure. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. 5. Menulis prosedur menggunakan katakata yang tersedia dan berdasarkan bantuan gambar. 6. Menyusun teks procedure tentang cara membuat pecel lele atau resep masakan yang lain. 7. Menyusun teks procedure dengan topik yang telah ditentukan. Mampu menulis teks procedure dengan struktur dan langkah-langkah retorika yang benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Esai Esai Esai Look at the pictures. Write a procedure based on the pictures. Look at the pictures. It is called pecel lele in some regions. Write down a procedure to make it. Or, write another procedure of a different recipe. Write down a procedure. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 28 Silabus Unit 3 Procedures

36 Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: express likes and dislikes, ask for and give opinions, describe things or places using spoken English, deliver spoken announcements, create written descriptives, write greeting cards, and use prepositions and tell the time correctly. All people, including you, must have something they like and dislike. Then, what would you say to express your likes or dislikes? Furthermore, everyone has a right to speak about, such as giving opinions toward something. What should you say if you want to ask for or give opinions? Don t worry, you will learn about those expressions in this unit. In this unit you will also learn about family members. You will find some vocabularies related to kinship. You will have a chance to study and try to describe your family or other people and places, both using spoken or written language, as well. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 29

37 1.1 Expressions Expressing Likes and Dislikes Read the following dialog. Do you like this mobile phone? Yeah. I like it. Don t you feel the same? Actually, I don t like it. It s a secondhand mobile phone. In the dialog above, the girl likes the mobile phone by saying, I like it., while the boy doesn t feel the same. He says, Actually, I don t like it. to express his dislikes. Here are some other expressions you can use to express likes and dislikes. Expressing Likes I like/love.... I like it so much. I really like it. I m really fond of.... I m keen on.... Expressing Dislikes I don t like it. I hate it. I m afraid I dislike it. I can t stand UNIT 1 Descriptives

38 Asking for and Giving Opinions Read the following dialog. Look at this! What do you think of this jacket? I think it s nice. It s not expensive either. Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences above. The first boy says, What do you think of this jacket? to ask his friend s opinion about the jacket. Then, his friend gives his opinion by saying, I think it s nice. Here are some other expressions to ask for and give opinions. Asking for Opinions What do you think of...? What s your opinion of...? What would you say to...? What about...? Giving Opinions I think it s a good idea. Well, I must say.... I personally think that.... In my opinion,.... Answer the following questions. 1. What do you usually do at home when you have free time? Contoh jawaban: I like listening to music. 2. What kinds of food or drink don t you like? Why? Contoh jawaban: I don t like sea food because I m allergic. 3. When your friend asks your opinion about having a study club, what will you say? Contoh jawaban: I will say, That s a good idea! I like it. 4. When your friend asks your opinion about going to school by motorcycle, what will you say? Contoh jawaban: I will say, I don t like your idea. Listen, you don t have a driving license. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 31

39 A. Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. I really love my house. 2. I personally think your idea is awful. 3. What do you think of our new teacher? 4. The students like Mr. Haryadi very much. 5. I hate if someone breaks his/her promise. 6. I think you should tell your parents about it. 7. What s your opinion on Delia s performance? 8. The girls don t like Sandra because she is arrogant. 9. My little brother dislikes eating spinach and carrots. 10. I must say that the students should join a camping activity. Variasi: Classify the sentences you have written in the correct column. Expressing Likes Expressing Dislikes Asking for Opinions Giving Opinions Jawaban: Expressing Likes Expressing Dislikes Asking for Opinions Giving Opinions I really love my house. The students like Mr. Haryadi very much. I hate if someone breaks his/her promise. The girls don t like Sandra because she is arrogant. My little brother dislikes eating spinach and carrots. What do you think of our new teacher? What s your opinion on Delia s performance? I personally think your idea is awful. I think you should tell your parents about it. I must say that the students should join a camping activity. 32 UNIT 1 Descriptives

40 B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Rendy : Vika, what do you think of our new (1) house? Vika : Well, it s beautiful. I (2) like it. Rendy : But... it s smaller than our old one. Vika : It is true. But I think, it is more (3) comfortable. Rendy : What do you mean? Vika : It s not (4) noisy here. We no longer hear cars or motorcycles blow their horns loudly. Therefore, we can live (5) peacefully. Rendy : You re right. Variasi: A. Find the antonyms of the following words in the dialog. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. old >< new 2. ugly >< beautiful 3. hate >< like 4. quiet >< noisy 5. noisily >< peacefully B. Make sentences using the words in Task A. Contoh jawaban: 1. a. There are some old buildings in my town, but they are well-preserved. b. My parents bought me a new pair of shoes as my birthday gift. 2. a. I find my old shoes. They look ugly now. b. The scenery from the top of the mountain is beautiful. 3. a. I hate spiders. I think they are disgusting. b. We like English lesson because it is fun and attractive. 4. a. The class becomes quiet during the test. b. The canteen becomes noisy during the breaks. 5. a. The cars blow their horns noisily. b. My grandparents live in a small village peacefully. C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B. 1. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: They are brother and sister, Vika and Rendy. 2. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It s about Vika and Rendy s new house. 3. How is the old house? Jawaban: It is bigger than the new one. 4. What is Vika s opinion about the new house? Jawaban: It s beautiful and comfortable. 5. Does Vika like the new house? Why? Jawaban: Yes, she does. She likes it because it s not noisy, so they can live peacefully. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 33

41 D. Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard? Correct the false ones. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Bobby : Wow! A new bicycle! Indah : Yeah. Do you like it, Bobby? Bobby : I do. I really like its color. You know, green is my favorite color. Indah : I know. It s my favorite too. Bobby : Anyway, where did you buy it, Indah? Indah : In a bicycle shop near my house. 1. The speakers are talking about Bobby s new bicycle. 2. The bicycle is green. 3. Bobby likes the bicycle. 4. Indah bought the bicycle in a bicycle shop far from her house. 5. Indah s favorite color is green. Jawaban: 1. F (They are talking about Indah s new bicycle.) 2. T 3. T 4. F (She bought it in a bicycle shop near her house.) 5. T Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi latihan berikut. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Doni : Do you like rabbits, Puput? Puput : I don t like them, but my brother does. Doni : Your brother? Puput : Yeah. He has some. Doni : They must be nice. May I have a look? Puput : Sure, Doni. You like rabbits, don t you? Doni : Yes, I do. I really want to keep some. 1. Doni and Puput are talking about rabbits. 2. Puput likes rabbits. 3. Puput has some rabbits. 4. Doni wants to keep rabbits. 5. They must be nice. The word they refers to Puput and her brother. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (Puput dislikes them, but her brother does.) 3. F (It is Puput s brother who has some rabbits.) 4. T 5. F (It refers to Puput s brother s rabbits.) 34 UNIT 1 Descriptives

42 E. Find the meanings of the following words. You will hear them in the dialogs in Task F. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to paint = mengecat 2. suitable = cocok, sesuai 3. surprised = terkejut 4. to bring = membawa 5. lunch = makan siang 6. cheaper = lebih murah 7. healthier = lebih sehat 8. absolutely = tentunya F. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 1 to 3. Andika : Galih, I think our room needs painting. Galih : I think so. The color is not suitable with our new pictures. Andika : Yeah. What color do you suggest? Galih : Um... I think blue is just perfect, Andika. Andika : You re right. Let s make our room blue. Galih : Yeah,... and make our parents surprised! 1. Where does the dialog happen? A. In a classroom. B. At school. C. In a library. D. At home. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Andika berkata, Galih, our room needs painting. yang menjelaskan kalau kamar mereka perlu dicat ulang. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di rumah (at home). 2. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Two brothers. B. Two friends. C. Two classmates. D. Two old friends. Jawaban: A Galih berkata, Yeah,... and make our parents surprised!. Jadi, dapat dipastikan mereka berdua adalah dua saudara lakilaki. 3. What color do Andika and Galih choose to paint their room? A. Red. B. Yellow. C. Blue. D. White. Jawaban: C Saat Galih mengusulkan untuk mengecat kamar mereka dengan warna biru, kalimat Um,... I think blue is just perfect, Andika. Andika menyetujuinya dengan berkata, You re right.. Jadi, mereka akan mengecat kamar mereka dengan warna biru. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 4 and 5. Jacky : What are you bringing, Hera? A lunch box? Hera : Yeah. Jacky : Don t you like having lunch in the school canteen? Hera : Um,... actually I don t quite like it. I prefer bringing my lunch from home. Jacky : Why? Hera : It s cheaper and healthier. Jacky : Are you sure? Hera : Absolutely! 4. What is the dialog about? A. Breakfast. B. Lunch. C. Dinner. D. Supper. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut membicarakan tentang makan siang. Hera berkata, I prefer bringing my lunch from home.. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 35

43 5. Where does the dialog happen? A. In a restaurant. B. At hospital. C. At school. D. At home. Jawaban: C Isi percakapan tersebut adalah tentang bekal makan siang Hera yang dibawanya dari rumah. Tempat berlangsungnya percakapan disimpulkan dari kalimat, Don t you like going to the school canteen?. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa percakapan terjadi di sekolah. A. Read the dialog. Answer the questions that follow. Cindy : Ferdy, what do you like to do in your spare time? Ferdy : I like fishing. Do you like it, Cindy? Cindy : Fishing? Ugh, I don t like it. Ferdy : Why? Cindy : It s boring, you know. We need a long time to get a fish. Ferdy : I don t think so. I enjoy the time when I am waiting for getting the fish. Cindy : It needs much patience. Ferdy : You re right, but it trains us to be more patient. Questions: 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It is about fishing. 2. Does Ferdy like fishing? Jawaban: Yes, he does. 3. What does Ferdy say to express his likes/dislikes? Jawaban: He says, I like fishing. 4. Why does Cindy dislike fishing? Jawaban: Because fishing is boring. It needs a long time to get a fish. 5. What is Ferdy s opinion about waiting for a long time while fishing? Jawaban: It trains them to be more patient. Variasi: Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. spare time = waktu senggang 2. to fish = memancing 3. boring = membosankan 4. to wait for = menunggu 5. patience = kesabaran 36 UNIT 1 Descriptives

44 B. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box. a. she will like it b. A gift for my sister c. I hope d. What do you think e. I think Gea : Yenni, what are you wrapping? Yenni: (1). The day after tomorrow is her birthday. Gea : Oh. May I have a look? Yenni: Sure. (2), Gea? Gea : Wow! (3) it s the nicest watch I have ever seen. Yenni: Really? Thanks. (4) my sister likes it. Gea : I m sure (5). Jawaban: 1. b 2. d 3. e 4. c 5. a C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B. 1. What is Yenni doing? Jawaban: She is wrapping a gift for her sister s birthday. 2. When will Yenni s sister have a birthday? Jawaban: The day after tomorrow. 3. What is the gift? Jawaban: A watch. 4. In Gea s opinion, how is the gift? Jawaban: It is the nicest watch she has ever seen. 5. Does Gea think that Yenni s sister will like the gift? How do you know? Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, I m sure she will like it. Variasi: A. Complete the following dialog with the correct words from the box. a. entertaining b. cinemas c. prefer d. frightened e. pay Chika : Damar, what do you think of Indonesian horror movies in the (1) recently? I mean, do you like them? Damar: Well, I d say I don t really like them, Chika. I d (2) comedy. Chika : Why? Horror movies are very (3). Damar: In my opinion, why do we (4) just to be (5)? Chika : And why do we pay just to laugh? Ha... ha... ha... Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Jawaban: 1. b 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. d PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 37

45 B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A. 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It s about recent Indonesian horror movies. 2. Who likes comedy? Jawaban: Damar does. 3. Damar says, I d say I don t really like them, Chika. What does it mean? Jawaban: He expresses his dislikes. 4. What is Chika s opinion about horror movies? Jawaban: In her opinion, horror movies are very entertaining. She likes them just to be frightened? What is the synonym of the bold-typed word? Jawaban: Afraid/scared. D. In turns, ask whether your friend likes or dislikes the activities in the table. Put a tick ( ) in the right column. See the example. Example: Student A : Student B : Student A : Do you like planting flowers? No, I don t. What about you? I like it so much. Name: No. Activities Like Dislike Plant flowers. Eat fast food. Clean the house. Play chess. Browse the Internet. Talk with strangers. Shop in a market. Go swimming every weekend. Play games in a computer. Join a study club. Contoh jawaban: Rida : Do you like planting flowers? Sita : No, I don t. What about you? Rida : I like it so much. Anyway, what about eating fast food? Do you like it? Sita : I don t. I think fast food is not good for our health. Rida : I think so. Um... do you like cleaning your house? Sita : Sure. My family and I clean our house every day. You know, we have no housemaid. Rida : That s great! By the way, what do you usually do in your spare time? Do you like playing chess? Sita : Yeah. I usually play chess with my brother. Rida : What about browsing the Internet, go swimming every weekend or playing games in a computer? 38 UNIT 1 Descriptives

46 Sita : I like browsing the Internet and go swimming, but I don t like playing games in a computer. I think it is useless and just wastes my time. Rida : I think so. Anyway, do you like talking to someone you haven t known before? Sita : Of course not. It s too dangerous to talk to strangers. Rida : I see. Now, do you like go shopping in a market? Sita : Absolutely. I always go shopping in a market with my mom every Sunday. Rida : Good girl. Last question, do you like joining a study club? Sita : Of course, I do. Name: Sita No. Asking for services Like Dislike Plant flowers. Eat fast food. Clean the house. Play chess. Browse the Internet. Talk with strangers. Shop in a market. Go swimming every weekend. Play games in a computer. Join a study club. E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog. Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Desta : Chika : Desta : Chika : Desta : Chika : Desta : Chika : I see. Tell me. Do you like her too? No, I don t. She also has a beautiful voice. You must admit it. Do you think Shanty will win the singing contest? Yeah. She is beautiful. I know that. However, I don t like her. I think she only concerns about her vocal and the proper singing technique, but she ignores her performance on stage. I do. She always gets the first rank in an SMS polling. Ha... ha.... You just like her because she is beautiful, don t you? Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 Lisa : I ve never thought you like reading novels. 6 Bunga : I see. By the way, I will go to the fiction section. See you Lisa : Hi, Bunga. What are you doing here? Bunga : I like novels. I usually spend my spare time reading novels. What about you? What are you doing here? Lisa : O.K., then. See you. Bunga : Oh, hi, Lisa. I m looking for some novels. Lisa : I want to borrow some science books. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 39

47 F. Complete the following statements with the proper words based on the dialog in Task E. 1. The speakers are talking about. 2. Desta thinks that Shanty will win the singing contest because. 3. Desta likes Shanty because she is and has. 4. Chika agrees that Shanty has a good voice, but still she her. 5. Chika thinks that Shanty only pays attention to and, but she ignores. Jawaban: 1. Shanty, one contestant in a singing contest 2. she gets the first rank in an SMS polling 3. beautiful; a beautiful voice 4. dislikes 5. her vocal and proper singing technique; her performance on stage G. Make dialogs based on the following situations. 1. Your mother bought you a pretty dress for your birthday party. You like the dress. How would the conversation go? 2. Your friend is bringing some candies. He/she offers you some, but you say that you don t like them. How would the conversation go? 3. You have a nice small garden in front of your house. You ask for your friend s opinion about the garden. How would the conversation go? 4. You and your friend are talking about a new student in your classroom. The new student seems smart and kindhearted. How would the conversation go? Contoh jawaban: 1. Mother : I have something for you, dear. Here you are. Riana : What is it, Mom? Mother : Open it yourself. Riana : Wow! A beautiful dress! Is it for me, Mom? Mother : Sure. Do you like it? Riana : Yeah! I like it very much. Mother : You can wear it on your birthday party. Riana : I will. Thank you, Mom. Mother : You re welcome. 2. Kirana : Want some candies? Anin : No, thanks. Kirana : Why? Don t you like them? Anin : I don t. Kirana : I see. 3. Indah : Welcome to my garden. What do you think of it? Tiara : Well, it s very beautiful. Indah : Really? Thanks. Tiara : You have many flowers here. Indah : Yeah. I like them. I like to see them, especially, when they re blooming. 4. Rendra: Deryl, what do you think of our new classmate? Deryl : Do you mean Rosa? Rendra: Yeah. Deryl : I think she is kindhearted. Rendra: I think so. She also looks smart. 40 UNIT 1 Descriptives

48 1.2 Genre Spoken Text Read the following monolog. Hello, friends. Let me tell you about my family. There are five people in my family. I do love them. Well, my parents are Mr. and Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in furniture. I am the second child in my family. I have an elder brother and a younger sister. My brother s name is Avian and my sister s name is Alya. We live in a house situated in the center of the city. It is a big house with a swimming pool and a small garden at the back yard. My parents make the garden as a playground for their children. The swimming pool and the garden are my family s favorite places. We often gather and spend our time there. Please come to my house and let s enjoy our time together. The text above is a spoken descriptive. It describes the speaker s family and house. Written Text Read the following text. Title My Family Identification I live with my family. There are five people in my family who I really love. Description My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in furniture. I am the second child in my family. I have an elder brother and a younger sister. My brother s name is Avian and my sister s name is Alya. We live in a house in the center of the city. It is a big house with a swimming pool and a small garden at the back yard. My parents make the garden as a playground for their children. The swimming pool and the garden are my family s favorite places. We often gather and spend our time there. Please come to my house and we can enjoy our time together. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 41

49 The text is a written descriptive. It describes the writer s family and house. A descriptive is a text which describes a particular (specific) person, place or thing. A descriptive has a schematic structure in the way to describe something or someone. Those are: 1. Identification. It will say something interesting of the specific participation, so the readers are convinced to read the text. 2. Description. It should be specific, in order to help the readers to build a visualization image of whatever you are describing. You have to describe what you are going to tell in a very detail description and explanation of parts of something, qualities, characteristics of a person or a thing. Grammar Section Prepositions Read the following dialog. Did you see my mobile phone? Yeah. It is on the dining table. You left it there, didn t you? The bold-typed sentence above uses a preposition on meaning di atas. Prepositions are little words whose job is to tell us about the position of someone or something. There are many kinds of prepositions. Some of them are on, under, behind, in front of, in, beside, and between. Look at these pictures to get more information about prepositions. The doll is on the box. The doll is under the box. The doll is behind the box. 42 UNIT 1 Descriptives

50 The doll is in front of the box. The doll is in the box. The doll is beside the box. The doll is between the boxes. Telling Time Read the following dialog. What time do you usually wake up, Sari? I usually wake up at five o clock. At four thirty. What about you? The sentence What time do you usually wake up? is an expression of asking the time. The sentences At four thirty. and... at five o clock. are expressions of telling the time. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 43

51 Look at these pictures for more information about telling the time. The students start their lessons at seven o clock. Mr. Ardian has lunch at twelve thirty/at half past twelve. Sheila does her homework at fifteen to eight/at a quarter to eight. Edo watches television at ten past six. Answer the following questions. 1. Do you live with your family? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. 2. How many people are there in your family? Who are they? Contoh jawaban: There are four people. They are my father and mother, my elder sister and me. 3. What is your opinion about your house? Contoh jawaban: It is not big, but comfortable. 44 UNIT 1 Descriptives

52 A. Read the following words. Find out their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. however = namun, akan tetapi 2. busy = sibuk 3. to spend = menghabiskan 4. primary school = sekolah dasar 5. doll = boneka 6. always = selalu 7. unique = unik 8. shelf = rak 9. special = khusus 10. abroad = luar negeri B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Hello, everyone, I am Edo. Now, I d like to tell you about my (1) family. There are four people in my family. My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Vicky. My father is about forty years old, and my mother is five years younger than him. Both my parents are (2) busy. However, they always have time for us. We often spend our spare time together. I have a younger (3) sister named Sita. She is still in a primary school. She likes to play dolls. She always gets (4) dolls on her birthdays. When my father goes abroad, he often buys her unique dolls. No wonder, she has more than twenty dolls. She keeps the dolls on special shelves in her room. However, her (5) favorite one is the barbie dolls. She says that she wants to be a barbie someday. Ha... ha... a little girl s dream. Variasi: Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task B. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. busy >< spare 2. to waste >< to spend 3. to come >< to go 4. seldom >< often 5. older >< younger 6. to sell >< to buy 7. to hate >< to like 8. common >< special C. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B. 1. Who is delivering the monolog? Jawaban: Edo is. 2. What is the monolog about? Jawaban: It is about Edo s family. 3. How old is Mrs. Vicky? Jawaban: She is thirty-five years old. 4. How many children do Mr. and Mrs. Vicky have? Jawaban: They have two children, Edo and Sita. 5. Who is Sita? Jawaban: Edo s younger sister. 6. Where does Sita study? Jawaban: In a primary school. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 45

53 7. When does Sita always get dolls? Jawaban: On her birthdays. 8. Where does Sita keep her dolls? Jawaban: On special shelves in her room. 9. What are Sita s favorite dolls? Jawaban: The barbie dolls. 10. What is Sita s dream? Jawaban: She wants to be a barbie someday. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Have you ever come to Bella s house? What does it look like? Let me tell you about it then. Bella s house is very (1) nice. It is surrounded by many trees and (2) rice fields. Bella lives in a big house with a large garden (3) at the front. The house has two floors with a (4) balcony. She usually spends her afternoon activities, such as (5) reading comics, in the balcony. The house has a big (6) living room. About Bella s bedroom, it is also (7) big and clean. I wonder who keeps that house clean. Well, Bella and her (8) family do it themselves. They don t employ a (9) housemaid. Can t you believe that? But that s the (10) truth. So, if you have time, let s go there together. B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. 1. What is the monolog about? Jawaban: It s about Bella s house. 2. What surrounds Bella s house? Jawaban: Many trees and rice fields. 3. Where is the garden? Jawaban: In front of the house. 4. How many floors does Bella s house have? Jawaban: Two floors. 5. Where does Bella usually spend her afternoon activities? Jawaban: In the balcony. 6. How is the living room? Jawaban: It is big. 7. Who cleans Bella s house? Jawaban: Bella s family themselves. 8. Does Bella s family have a housemaid? Jawaban: No, they don t. 9. So, if you have time, let s go there together. (Paragraph 3) What does the bold-typed word refer to? Jawaban: Bella s house. 10. I wonder who keeps that house clean. (Paragraph 3) What is the antonym of the bold-typed word? Jawaban: Dirty. 46 UNIT 1 Descriptives

54 D. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Now, let me tell you about my house. It is situated at Jalan Kartini number 14. It is big enough and nice. My house has two floors. It has a living room, a small kitchen and a bathroom on the first floor. On the second floor there are three bedrooms and a bathroom. My parents bedroom is big. My brother s room is next to my room. Um... my room is small, but I like it. It has light green wall. There is a desk with a computer on it. I do my homework there. You know, there is also a nice garden in front of my house. I often play there with my brother. Well, that s my lovely house. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Student Grade VII 1. The monolog is about the speaker s. A. house B. room C. bathroom D. garden Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat awal teks, yaitu Now, let me tell you about my house.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan bagian-bagian rumah. 2. The kitchen is. A. big B. wide C. small D. narrow Jawaban: C Dalam monolog terdapat kalimat It has a living room, a small kitchen and..... Jadi, dapur tersebut kecil, pilihan jawaban (C) benar. 3. The following are the rooms on the first floor, except. A. a living room B. a kitchen C. a bathroom D. bedrooms Jawaban: D Ruangan yang tidak terdapat di lantai satu adalah kamar tidur (bedroom). Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat It has a living room, a small kitchen and a bathroom on the first floor.. Di samping itu, kamar tidur terletak di lantai dua, sesuai dengan kalimat On the second floor there are three bedrooms The speaker s room is his/her brother s room. A. in front of B. beside C. behind D. inside Jawaban: B Kamar pembicara berada di samping kamar saudara laki-lakinya. Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat, My brother s room is next to my room.. Kata depan next to memiliki makna yang sama dengan beside, yaitu di samping/sebelah. 5. The wall of the speaker s room is. A. red B. pink C. light blue D. light green Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It has light green wall.. Kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada kamar pembicara. Jadi, dinding kamar pembicara berwarna hijau muda (light green). A. Read the following text. Retell it using your own words. I have a favorite place at home. It is certainly my bedroom. My bedroom is quite small, but the white color gives me a wider view. I really enjoy staying in my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of the things in my room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 47

55 There is a small single bed in my room, where I always sleep on it at night. On the bed I put a bed sheet, two blue pillows and a bolster. Beside the bed is a desk with some books on it. I always write, read and study on the desk. Then, I put a round small clock on the wall to tell the time. Contoh jawaban: Let me tell you about my bedroom. Um... it is my favorite room in my house. Actually, my room is not big enough, but the white color makes the room look larger. I really enjoy staying in my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of the things in my room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it. My room has a small single bed where I always lay on it at night. On the bed I put a bed sheet, two blue pillows and a bolster. There is a desk with some books on it beside the bed. I always write, read and study on the desk. I also put a round small clock on the wall to tell the time. Variasi: Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. 1. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To describe a particular place, i.e. the speaker s bedroom. 2. How is the speaker s bedroom? Jawaban: It is quite small, but the white color makes the room look wider. 3. What does the speaker s do to avoid boredom in his/her bedroom? Jawaban: He/she often changes the arrangement of the things in his/her room. 4. What things are in the speaker s bedroom? Jawaban: A small single bed, a bed sheet, two blue pillows, a bolster, a desk with some books on it and a round small clock on the wall. 5. Where is the desk? Jawaban: It is beside the bed. B. Look at the picture. Describe it briefly. Contoh jawaban: Look at the house. It is Mr. Wawan s house. Mr. Wawan and his family live in a small house. The house is surrounded by white fences. As you can see, there is a coconut tree in front of the house. It is quite tall. Sometimes, Mr. Wawan picks the young coconuts and makes es degan. The house consists of some rooms. There are a living room, three bedrooms, a dining room, a kitchen and a bathroom. There is a veranda in front of the house. Next to the veranda is a garage where Mr. Wawan keeps his car. 48 UNIT 1 Descriptives

56 C. Describe your house or one of the rooms in your house orally. Contoh jawaban: My family and I live in a lovely house. It is small but comfortable. It is situated in the countryside. My house has some rooms. They are a living room, a dining room, four bedrooms, a bathroom and a kitchen. There is also a veranda in front of my house and a garden beside it. My favorite room is certainly my bedroom. It s a nice blue-painted room. I put some posters of my favorite actors and singers on the wall. There is a shelf for my books and my CDs. I also put a new desk with a yellow lamp. My room has two small windows, so I can get enough fresh air. A. Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to get a good text. Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 My grandpa s name is Mr. Surya. He has a restaurant near Kuta Beach. Do you know why tourists like to visit my grandfather s restaurant? It faces directly to the beach, so the visitors of the restaurant can enjoy the sunset. 1 My name is Kevin. I live with my parents and two elder sisters. My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Steward, while my sisters are Jessica and Hanna. 4 That s my family. I really love them. 2 All my family members, including me, like traveling. The place that we often visit is Bali since my grandfather lives there. Almost every long holiday, we go to visit him. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) B. Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. The writer s name is Jessica. 2. The text is about the writer s relatives. 3. The writer s family likes traveling. 4. Mr. Surya has a restaurant in Bali. 5. People like to visit Mr. Surya s restaurant because they can see sunrise. Jawaban: 1. F (The writer s name is Kevin.) 2. F (The text is about the writer s family.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (People like to visit Mr. Surya s restaurant because they can enjoy the sunset.) PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 49

57 C. Complete the following family tree based on the text in Task A. Jawaban: Mr. Surya Mrs. Surya Mr. Steward Mrs. Steward Jessica Hanna Kevin Variasi: Look at the family tree below. Complete the following statements with the words related to kinship based on the family tree. Mr. Gunawan Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan Mr. Hermawan Mrs. Septian Hermawan Mrs. Berlina Budiman Mr. Budiman Luksita Lusiana Aditya Reza 1. Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are Lusiana s. 2. Mr. Gunawan is Lusiana s. 3. Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan is Lusiana s. 4. Lusiana is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan s. 5. Aditya is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan s. 6. Lusiana is Mr. Hermawan s. 7. Aditya is Mr. Hermawan s. 8. Mrs. Berlina Budiman is Lusiana s. 9. Lusiana is Mrs. Berlina Budiman. 10. Mr. Budiman is Lusiana s. 11. Aditya is Mr. Budiman s. 12. Reza is Lusiana s. Jawaban: 1. grandparents 2. grandfather 3. grandmother 4. granddaughter 5. grandson 6. daughter 7. son 8. aunt 9. niece 10. uncle 11. nephew 12. cousin 50 UNIT 1 Descriptives

58 D. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. My family and I live on a hill. It is far from the city, so we are still able to enjoy fresh air. We always enjoy our spare time at home. We often sit at the veranda and see a mountain view. If we want to see the green of rice fields, we go to the back yard. My house is built with classic panggung design from Padang. All parts of the house are made of wood. It has two small stairs, at the front and behind the house. It doesn t have a living room, but it has a veranda that is full of wooden furniture decorations. The decorations make me wonder and relax every time I sit there. We have a very big dining room. We also use it as our family room. There are a small table and some chairs in the dining room. On the table my mother always serves our meal. There is a TV set and a square small carpet, where we usually eat our meal and watch TV programs. I share my room with my little brother. We sleep on a big double bed. Our room is completed with two desks and a big shelf. We usually use the desks to study and the self to keep our properties. The bathroom and kitchen are not in our main house. They are away at the back yard. I guess it is good enough and suitable for our home design. We always clean the bathroom in turns. Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: The writer s house. 2. Why is the writer able to enjoy fresh air? Jawaban: Because his house is far from the city. 3. Where does the writer usually go if he wants to see the green of rice fields? Jawaban: He goes to the back yard. 4. What is the house made of? Jawaban: It is made of wood. 5. Which room is called the family room? Jawaban: The dining room. 6. Where are the stairs? Jawaban: At the front and behind the house. 7. How is the dining room? Jawaban: It is big. 8. Who sleeps on a big double bed? Jawaban: The writer and his little brother do. 9. Where is the bathroom? Jawaban: In the back yard. 10. What does the writer s family do to the bathroom? Jawaban: They always clean it in turns. Variasi: Find the words in the text which have similar meanings as follows. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. distant = far 2. town = city 3. terrace = veranda 4. look at = see 5. traditional = classic 6. tiny = small 7. huge = big 8. own = have 9. desk = table 10. fit = suitable PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 51

59 E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Our school is on Jalan Sudirman. It has eighteen classrooms, two laboratories, one library, one principal s room, one teachers room, one staff room, one music room, one computer room and one canteen. We always hold a flag ceremony in our school yard. Our school yard is not so big. That s why, if we have a PE lesson, we practice at the field beside our school. 1. What is the text about? A. The writer s house. B. The writer s school. C. The writer s classroom. D. The writer s room. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu Our school is on Jalan Sudirman.. Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan lebih lanjut tentang bagian-bagian sekolah penulis. 2. How many rooms are there in the school? A. Twenty-seven. B. Twenty-eight. C. Twenty-nine. D. Thirty. Jawaban: A Dalam teks terdapat kalimat It has eighteen classrooms, two laboratories, one library, one principal s room, one teachers room, one staff room, one music room, one computer room and one canteen.. Jadi, jumlah total ruangan dalam sekolah tersebut ada 27 (twenty-seven). 3. Where do they always hold a flag ceremony? A. In the room. B. At the field. C. Beside their school. D. In their school yard. Jawaban: D Pada kalimat ketiga disebutkan We always hold a flag ceremony in our school yard. yang artinya Kami selalu mengadakan upacara bendera di halaman sekolah kami.. Berdasarkan kalimat tersebut, dapat disimpulkan bahwa mereka selalu mengadakan upacara bendera di halaman sekolah mereka (in their school yard). 4. The students don t practice their PE lesson at the school yard because it is. A. big B. long C. wide D. small Jawaban: D Berdasarkan kalimat keempat dalam teks, Our school yard is not so big, that s why.... yang artinya Halaman sekolah kami tidak terlalu besar sehingga...., dapat disimpulkan bahwa murid-murid tidak melakukan pelajaran olahraga di halaman sekolah karena halaman sekolah kecil (small). 5. We always hold a flag ceremony.... (Sentence 3) What does the underlined word refer to? A. The writer and his teachers. B. All the teachers of the school. C. The students in the writer s class. D. The writer and his schoolmates. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: D Kalimat soal mempunyai arti Kami selalu mengadakan upacara bendera..... Kata we (kami) dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada penulis dan teman-teman sekolahnya (the writer and his/her schoolmates). 52 UNIT 1 Descriptives

60 F. Read the following words and find their meanings. Put a tick ( ) in the columns where you usually find such things. Thing Meaning In the Living Room In the Dining Room In the Bedroom In the Kitchen In the Bathroom 1. toaster 2. television 3. desk lamp 4. sofa 5. plate 6. water tap 7. bed 8. gas stove 9. glass 10. soap 11. pillow 12. painting 13. dipper 14. spoon 15. refrigerator Jawaban: Thing Meaning In the Living Room In the Dining Room In the Bedroom In the Kitchen In the Bathroom 1. toaster 2. television alat pemanggang televisi 3. desk lamp lampu meja 4. sofa sofa 5. plate piring 6. water tap 7. bed keran air tempat tidur 8. gas stove kompor gas 9. glass gelas 10. soap sabun 11. pillow bantal 12. painting lukisan 13. dipper gayung 14. spoon sendok 15. refrigerator lemari es PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 53

61 G. Write sentences about the following pictures using proper prepositions. See the example. Example: The dictionary is on the table Jawaban: 1. The mobile phones are in the drawer. 2. The shoes are under the cupboard. 3. The blackboard is in front of the class. 4. The rubbish bin is behind the door. 5. The book is beside the bag. 54 UNIT 1 Descriptives

62 H. Look at the following time schedule. Complete the text based on the time schedule. Time 4:45 a.m 5:15 a.m 5:40 a.m 6 a.m 1:55 p.m 2:20 p.m 4 p.m 6:20 p.m 6:35 p.m 7:30 p.m 9:30 p.m Activities get up take a bath have breakfast go to school have lunch take a nap play football have dinner watch television study go to bed Andra has regular habits. He usually gets up at (1). Then, at (2) he takes a bath. He has breakfast at (3). After that, he goes to school and studies until the class is over in the afternoon. Arriving home from school, Andra usually has lunch at (4). Then, he takes a nap for about one hour. Three times a week he plays football with his friends. In the evening, he always has dinner with his family. Then, he usually watches TV at (5). After watching TV, he goes studying. He usually studies for two hours. Finally, he goes to bed. Jawaban: 1. a quarter to five 2. five fifteen/a quarter past five 3. twenty to six/five forty 4. five to two 5. six thirty-five/twenty-five to seven A. Notice five things in your classroom. Write the positions of the things using proper prepositions. Contoh jawaban: 1. The bag is in the drawer. 2. The map and the calender hang on the wall. 3. The blackboard is in front of the class. 4. There is a duster behind the door. 5. The vase is on the teacher s desk. B. Write five sentences telling the time when you do your daily activities. Contoh jawaban: 1. I usually wake up at five o clock. 2. I go to school at six fifteen. 3. I have lunch at one thirty. 4. I usually watch television at five o clock. 5. I go to sleep at ten. C. Read the following text. Make a family tree based on the text. My name is Clara. I live with my family. My family consists of five people. My father s name is Ferdi, and my mother s name is Rara. However, people usually call them Mr. and Mrs. Ferdi. My parents like gardening very much. In their spare time they often plant new trees or flowers in the garden. Those flowers and trees make our garden colorful. That s why, the garden is our favorite place to gather. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 55

63 I have only an elder brother named Ardian. He is seventeen years old. He is interested in computer and sports. He also likes to spend a lot of time with his friends. My grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Nugraha, live not far from my house. They are in good health at the age of about sixty-five. My father has a sister named Cinthya. People usually call her Mrs. Erwin because she married Erwin. My grandparents live with my aunt and uncle, Mr. and Mrs. Erwin. My aunt and uncle have a daughter named Linda. Since I don t have a sister, Linda becomes my dearest cousin. Jawaban: Mr. Nugraha Mrs. Nugraha Mrs. Ferdi Mr. Ferdi Mrs. Erwin Mr. Erwin Ardian Clara Linda D. Ask your close friend about his/her family. Write a descriptive about his/her family. Contoh jawaban: I have a close friend named Tiara. She lives with her family. Tiara lives in a small village. Her father, Mr. Iwan, is a farmer and her mother, Mrs. Iwan, is a tailor. Tiara has a younger brother named Rio. He still studies in a primary school. Tiara and her family lives in a big house. Her house is surrounded by rice fields. There is a big garden in front of her house. The garden is very beautiful with many flowers in it. There are also some trees in the garden. That s why, it is very shady. Tiara likes her house so much. It s far from the town, so it s quiet. Furthermore, the air is still fresh, and the water is very clear. It s really different from the condition in towns. 1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Greeting Cards Spoken Text Read the following text. Attention, please. Our school will hold an English speaking contest at the school hall on January 20, All students are invited to join the contest. The text above is an announcement in spoken form. An announcement is a spoken or written statement that informs people about something. 56 UNIT 1 Descriptives

64 Written Text Read the following text. The text above is a greeting card. It is used to congratulate on someone s birthday. Greeting cards are illustrated cards featuring expressions of friendship or other sentiment. Although they are usually given on special occasions, such as birthdays or holidays, they are also sent to convey gratitude or express other feelings. Answer the following questions. 1. Can you hear any announcements at your school? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. 2. What announcements do you usually hear at school? Contoh jawaban: An announcement about a flag hoisting ceremony or a test. 3. Have you ever sent a greeting card? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. 4. In what occasion do you usually send a greeting card? Contoh jawaban: On my friend s birthday. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 57

65 A. Read the following words. Find out their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. parking lot = tempat parkir 2. bike = sepeda 3. attention = perhatian 4. to build = membangun 5. language laboratory = laboratorium bahasa B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: (1) Attention, students. We have a new (2) parking lot beside the school canteen. From now on, you should park your (3) bikes there. The old parking lot will be (4) built into a (5) language laboratory. Thank you. C. Answer the questions based on the announcement in Task B. 1. Where can you hear such an announcement? Jawaban: At school. 2. Who do you think delivers the announcement? Jawaban: A teacher. 3. What is the announcement about? Jawaban: It s about a new parking lot. 4. From now on, you should park your bikes there. What does the word you refer to? Jawaban: It refers to the students. 5. What happens with the old parking lot? Jawaban: It will be built into a language laboratory. A. Make an announcement based on the following cue words. What? An extracurricular activity (a computer course). Who? All students. When? Once a week in the afternoon. Where? In the computer laboratory. 58 UNIT 1 Descriptives

66 Contoh jawaban: Attention, please. We will have a new extracurricular activity. It is a computer course. It will be held once a week in the afternoon in the computer laboratory. All students are invited to join. Each classroom will have their own turn. So please read the schedule on the announcement board. B. Make announcements based on the following situations. 1. Your school principal, Mr. Irwan, will be retired next month. His position will be replaced by a new principal, Mr. Rizal. Your school will have a small farewell party for Mr. Irwan and a welcoming party for Mr. Rizal. 2. There is a new rule in your school. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the break. Contoh jawaban: 1. Attention, please. Our school principal, Mr. Irwan will be retired next month. He will be replaced by Mr. Rizal. Therefore, the school committee will arrange a small party for them. Please join the party on next Saturday morning at ten a.m. in the school hall. You may also show your performance in the party. Thank you. 2. Attention, please. Our school has issued a new rule. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the break. Thank you. A. Read the following text. What is it about? Jawaban: It s a greeting card to congratulate on someone s graduation. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 59

67 B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. 1. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To congratulate someone on his graduation. 2. Who sends the card? Jawaban: Rico s parents. 3. Whom is the card sent to? Jawaban: Rico until their son is grown. What does the word their refer to? Jawaban: It refers to Rico s parents. 5. Parents seldom realize.... What is the synonym of the bold-typed word? Jawaban: Aware. C. Match the following situations with the suitable greeting cards. a b Source: August 6, 2009 < family/baby/baby7.html> Source: October 5, 2009 < c 1. It is a new year. You want to say a happy new year to your pen friend. 2. Your cousin is in hospital. You hope he will get well soon. 3. Your aunt gives a baby birth. You want to congratulate her. Jawaban: 1. b 2. c 3. a 60 UNIT 1 Descriptives

68 A. Write greeting cards based on the following situations. 1. Your close friend has won a competition. Write a greeting card to congratulate him/her. 2. Your elder sister will get married next week. Write a greeting card to congratulate the brides. Contoh jawaban: B. Write a greeting card. You are free to choose your own topic. Contoh jawaban: PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 61

69 Write a descriptive about your bike. Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. bench : bangku bolster : guling boredom : kebosanan chess : catur to convey : menyampaikan directly : secara langsung hill : bukit in turns : secara bergantian to perch : hinggap pillow : bantal playground : tempat bermain ripe : masak, matang to run : menjalankan shady : teduh square : kotak state : negara/negeri to wonder : merasa heran 62 UNIT 1 Descriptives

70 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Tiara : Dewa, what do you think of my performance last night? Dewa : That was great! You danced gracefully. I like it. Tiara : Really? Thank you. What did Tiara perform last night? A. A play. B. A song. C. A dance. D. A speech. Jawaban: C Dewa berkata, You danced gracefully.. Jadi, yang dipertunjukkan Tiara kemarin malam adalah tarian (a dance). 2. Diana : Do you like this bag, Fariz? Fariz : I do. What about you, Diana? Diana : I like its model, but I don t like the color. What does Diana feel about the bag? A. She likes its model and color. B. She likes its color. C. She dislikes its model. D. She dislikes its color. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Diana berkata, I like its model, but I don t like the color.. Jadi, Diana menyukai model tas tersebut, tetapi tidak menyukai warnanya. 3. Alya : Rio, what do you think of my sister? Rio : Well, she is beautiful and friendly. Alya : You re right. Who is beautiful and friendly? A. Alya. B. Rio. C. Alya s sister. D. Rio s sister. Jawaban: C Alya berkata, Rio, what do you think of my sister? dan dijawab Rio, Well, she is beautiful and friendly.. Kata she dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada saudara perempuan Alya. Jadi, yang cantik dan ramah adalah saudara perempuan Alya (Alya s sister). Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5. My name is Aditya. I d like to tell you about my family. I have a small family. There are only four people; my parents, my brother and me. My father, Mr. Andika is forty years old, while my mother, Mrs. Andika is thirty-eight years old. My father is a doctor, and my mom is a teacher. I have only an elder brother named Raka. He is about sixteen years old. He studies in SMAN 1. He lives in a boarding house because his school is far from our house. He usually comes home once a week. 4. What is the monolog about? A. Aditya s brother. B. Aditya s family. C. Aditya s father. D. Aditya s mother. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat My name is Aditya. I d like to tell you about my family.. Jadi, teks tersebut menjelaskan keluarga Aditya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan gagasan pendukung teks. 5. Where does Raka study? A. In a state university. B. In a private university. C. In a senior high school. D. In a junior high school. Jawaban: C Dalam teks terdapat kalimat He studies in SMAN 1.. Kata he dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu kepada Raka. Jadi, Raka menuntut ilmu di SMAN 1 (in a senior high school). Read the announcement and answer questions 6 and 7. Attention, please. Due to the exhibition of the final exam for the students grade IX, the students grade VII and VIII do not need to go to school for three days, starting from Monday, January 4, In spite of having a holiday, don t forget to study at home. Thank you. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 63

71 6. What is the announcement about? A. The test. B. The mid semester test. C. The final exam. D. The holiday for the students grade VII and VIII. Jawaban: D Inti dari pengumuman tersebut adalah siswa kelas tujuh dan delapan tidak perlu pergi ke sekolah (libur) karena ada kegiatan uji coba ujian akhir untuk siswa kelas sembilan (kalimat Due to the exhibition of the final exam for the students grade IX, the students grade VII and VIII do not need to go to school.... ). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan inti pengumuman tersebut. 7. Whom is the announcement aimed to? A. The teachers. B. The examiners. C. The students grade IX. D. The students grade VII and VIII. Jawaban: D Pengumuman tersebut ditujukan kepada siswa kelas tujuh dan delapan. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat..., the students grade VII and VIII do not need to go to school..... Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Read the text and answer questions 8 and What is the purpose of the card? A. To congratulate someone. B. To show happiness. C. To show sympathy. D. To express gratitude. Jawaban: C Ucapan dalam kartu tersebut artinya Turut berduka cita. Jadi, tujuan penulisan kartu tersebut adalah untuk menunjukkan simpati (ikut berduka cita). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya untuk memberi ucapan selamat kepada seseorang, (B) artinya untuk menunjukkan kebahagiaan, dan (D) artinya untuk mengungkapkan terima kasih. 9. Please accept our condolences. The bold typed word has a similar meaning to. A. agree B. receive C. reject D. like Jawaban: B Kata accept artinya menerima. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata receive. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan persamaan kata tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyetujui, (C) artinya menolak, dan (D) artinya menyukai. Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13. Let me tell you about my family. My father is fifty-four. He is a lot older than my mother. She s only forty-five. Dad has his own business. He runs an export business. Mom helps him with the business. I have a brother and a sister. So there are five people in my house. The oldest is my brother Toni. He is twenty-one. He studies in a university. The next is my sister Alda. She is seventeen. She is in the second grade of senior high school. Then, it s me. I m the youngest child in my family. Now, I am in the first grade of junior high school. We are all different. My father and I both are interested in swimming. We often go to the swimming pool together. Toni likes sports, especially football. Meanwhile, Alda likes to paint and draw. Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2 64 UNIT 1 Descriptives

72 10. What is the text about? A. The writer. B. The writer s family. C. The writer s parents. D. The writer s brother and sister. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang keluarga penulis. Paragraf pertama menjelaskan orang tua penulis, paragraf kedua menjelaskan saudara kandung penulis, dan paragraf ketiga menjelaskan hobi anggota keluarga penulis. 11. What does the writer s father do? A. He is a doctor. B. He is a manager. C. He is an importer. D. He is an exporter. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima dan keenam paragraf satu, yaitu Dad has his own business. He runs an export business.. Jadi, ayah penulis adalah seorang eksportir (pengusaha yang mengekspor barang ke luar negeri). 12. What does Alda like to do? A. She likes to paint. B. She likes to swim. C. She likes to play football. D. She likes to do some sports. Jawaban: A Kalimat terakhir paragraf tiga tertulis Meanwhile, Alda likes to paint and draw.. Jadi, kegiatan yang disukai Alda adalah melukis dan menggambar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) merupakan kegemaran penulis dan ayahnya, sedangkan (C) dan (D) merupakan kegemaran Toni. 13. My father and I both are interested in swimming. (Paragraph 3) The bold-typed phrase can be best replaced by. A. keen on B. dislike C. hate D. proud of Jawaban: A Frasa interested in dan keen on memiliki arti yang sama, yaitu tertarik pada. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tidak suka, (C) artinya benci, dan (D) artinya bangga dengan. 14. Vira : I am very tired. Where will we take a shelter? Rian : the tree. I think it is shady. A. In B. On C. Under D. Beside Jawaban: C Vira bertanya di mana mereka akan berteduh. Tempat yang sesuai untuk berteduh adalah di bawah pohon. Jadi, preposisi yang tepat adalah under (di bawah). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan preposisi yang tepat; (A) artinya di dalam, (B) artinya di atas, dan (D) artinya di samping. 15. Adinda : What time will the course be over? Beni : It will be over at. A. a quarter to five B. a quarter past five C. a half past five D. a quarter to six Jawaban: B Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul 5:15. Jadi, kursus akan berakhir pada pukul 5:15 (a quarter past five). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pukul 4:45, (C) artinya pukul 5:30, dan (D) artinya pukul 5:45. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. I have a garden at the back yard. It is big and clean. My family and I love gardening. In my garden you can find some flowers, vegetables and fruit trees. I myself plant the flowers. There are roses, jasmines and sunflowers. When they are blossoming, my garden looks so nice and colorful. It also smells fragrant which attracts many insects to perch on the flowers. My mother plants some vegetables such as chilies, spinach and eggplants. Besides, on every corner, my father plants a fruit tree. We PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 65

73 have some fruit trees such as bananas, mangoes and rambutans. Let me tell you. The garden becomes one of my family s favorite places. We like to sit on the benches under the trees. We like to do it because we can relax and get the fresh air. We often have a chat or a small discussion there. Furthermore, when the fruits are ripe, we can enjoy them together. We always keep the garden clean. We always sweep the fallen leaves and water the trees in turns. We also give the trees and plants fertilizer so they grow well. 16. What is the text about? A. The writer s house. B. The writer s garden. C. The writer s plants. D. The writer s flowers. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang kebun penulis (the writer s garden). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks I have a garden at the back yard. yang dilanjutkan dengan deskripsi tentang kebun tersebut dalam paragraf-paragraf berikutnya. 17. Where is the garden? A. In the house. B. In front of the house. C. Behind the house. D. Beside the house. Jawaban: C Dalam kalimat pertama paragraf satu terdapat kalimat I have a garden at the back yard.. Kata back yard artinya halaman belakang. Jadi, kebun tersebut berada di belakang rumah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya di dalam rumah, (B) artinya di depan rumah, dan (D) artinya di samping rumah. 18. The following are the writer s vegetations in his/her garden, except. A. herbs B. vegetables C. fruit D. flowers Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kalimat awal paragraf dua, yaitu There are same trees and plants in my garden, such as flowers, vegetables and fruit trees., yang bukan merupakan jenis tumbuhan yang ditanam di kebun penulis adalah tanaman obat-obatan (herbs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks, khususnya paragraf dua dan tiga. 19. We like to do it because we can relax and get the fresh air. (Paragraph 4) What does the bold-typed word refer to? A. Have a chat. B. Plant the trees. C. Enjoy the ripe fruit. D. Sit on a bench under the tree. Jawaban: D Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat sebelumnya We like to sit on the benches under the trees.. Jadi, kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada duduk di bangku di bawah pohon (sit on a bench under the tree) which attracts many insects to perch on the flowers. (Paragraph 3) The opposite meaning of the bold-typed word is. A. invites B. takes C. repels D. shows Jawaban: C Kata attracts artinya menarik. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata repel yang artinya menolak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan lawan kata dari kata attract. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengundang, (B) artinya mengambil, dan (D) artinya menunjukkan. 66 UNIT 1 Descriptives

74 B. Complete the following text based on the following family tree. Mr. Arya Mrs. Arya Mr. Rendi Mrs. Rendi Mr. Galih Mrs. Galih Mr. Guntur Rony Silvy Fariz Let me tell you about Silvy s family. Silvy is Mr. and Mrs. Rendy s (1). She has a (2) named Rony. Mrs. Rendi s (3) is Mr. Arya. Therefore, Mr. Arya is Silvy s (4). Mr. Arya lives together with his (5) named Mrs. Arya in a village, far from their children. Mr. and Mrs. Arya has three children, i.e. Mrs. Rendi, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. So, Silvy has two (6), Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. Therefore, Silvy is Mr. Galih s (7), while Rony is Mr. Galih s (8). Mr. and Mrs. Galih has one (9) named Fariz. It means that Fariz is Silvy s (10). Jawaban: 1. daughter 2. brother 3. father 4. grandfather 5. wife 6. uncles 7. niece 8. nephew 9. son 10. cousin Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1: Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 67

75 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Chintya : Irwan, do you like reading novels? Irwan : I don t. You know, it s boring, Chintya. I prefer reading comics to novels. Chintya : Reading comics? But why? Irwan : Comics are attractive with many pictures on them. What does Irwan like to read? A. Novels. B. Comics. C. Short stories. D. Poems. 2. Mr. Arif: Shanty, what s your opinion of going to Bali next holiday? Shanty : I think we d better not going there, Dad. It s too far. Mr. Arif : What about going to Puncak? Shanty : I like that idea. What are the speakers going to do next holiday? A. Go to Puncak. B. Go to Bali. C. Go fishing. D. Go camping. 3. Teddy : Niken, what do you think if we have lunch in Bonita Restaurant? Niken : I think it s not a good idea. Teddy : Why? The foods in that restaurant are delicious. Niken : You re right, Teddy. However, eating there will cost much. I think it will only waste our money. Why does Niken dislike to have lunch in Bonita Restaurant? A. The food is expensive. B. The food is not delicious enough. C. The restaurant is not comfortable to eat. D. The restaurant s service is not satisfying. Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5. I am Reny. I am thirteen years old. Now, let me tell you about my family. My father is Mr. Tio. He is forty years old. My mother is Rida, but people usually call her Mrs. Tio. She is thirty-seven. My father is an accountant in a bank, and my mother is a nurse. I am the only child in my family. I have no brothers or sisters. However, I am not lonely. My parents always have times for me. Whenever I have problems, I always share them with my parents. They will help me solve my problems and give me some advice or solutions. 4. How old is Mrs. Tio? A. 27 B. 30 C. 37 D What does Reny do if she has problems? A. She keeps it herself. B. She doesn t care for the problems. C. She shares the problems with her friends. D. She shares the problems with her parents. Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7. Attention, please. On Saturday morning, we will hold a working bee. Every student should bring cleaning tools. You can bring a broom, a duster, a cleaning cloth and so on. After the working bee, we will have some snacks and drinks together. Please be informed. 6. What is the announcement about? A. A working bee. B. Cleaning tools. C. Snacks and drinks. D. Classroom activities. 7. Where can you hear such an announcement? A. In a hospital. B. At home. C. In a park. D. At school. 68 UNIT 1 Descriptives

76 Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9. Source: August 5, 2009 < newbaby11.html> 8. What is the purpose of the text? A. To express sympathy. B. To greet someone. C. To express gratitude. D. To congratulate on someone s birth. 9. We are overjoyed at the arrival of the new member! The opposite meaning of the bold-typed word is. A. delay B. cancelation C. farewell D. departure Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13. My school, SMPN 8 Yogyakarta, is located at Jalan Diponegoro number 20 in the center of the city. My school is big. It has 18 clean classrooms, ten clean toilets, three laboratories, a big library, a teachers room and a principal s room. It has a beautiful school park in the center of the school. The computer room is next to the library, and the sports hall is behind the computer room. There is a large parking area beside the sports hall. There are notice boards in every classroom. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII 10. What is the text about? A. The writer s house. B. The writer s school. C. The writer s classroom. D. The writer s room. 11. How are the toilets? A. They are big. B. They are dirty. C. They are clean. D. They are small. 12. Where is the library? A. Next to the computer room. B. Behind the computer room. C. Beside the sports hall. D. Beside the parking area. 13. There is a large parking area beside the sports hall. (Paragraph 3) The similar meaning of the bold-typed word is. A. tiny B. big C. beautiful D. comfortable 14. Zaskia : Where does Yenni sit? Gea : She sits in front of me. From the dialog we know that Gea sits Yenni. A. behind B. beside C. in front of D. next to 15. Joni : When do you usually have dinner, Prita? Prita : I usually have dinner at. A. a quarter to six B. six o clock C. a quarter past six D. a half past six Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. Mr. Jackson is an American teacher, but he lives and works in Denpasar. He teaches English at SMP 8. He is a very good teacher. That is why his students like him. Mr. Jackson s wife is an Indonesian. She comes from Medan.The couples have one son and one daughter. The children go to a primary school. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 69

77 Mr. Jackson s house is made of wood. It has five rooms: a kitchen, a bathroom, a living room and four bedrooms. The Jacksons have a housemaid to help Mrs. Jackson do the housework. She comes from Bantul. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 16. What is the purpose of the text? A. To entertain the readers. B. To describe a particular person or place. C. To show how to make something step by step. D. To tell a past experience. 17. Where does Mr. Jackson come from? A. America. B. Medan. C. Bantul. D. Indonesia. 18. How many children do Mr. and Mrs. Jackson have? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four. 19. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. Mrs. Jackson comes from Medan. B. Mr. and Mrs. Jackson live in Bali. C. Mr. Jackson s house is made of wood. D. There are three bedrooms in Mr. Jackson s house. 20. She comes from Bantul. (Paragraph 3) What does the bold-typed word refer to? A. Mrs. Jackson s mother. B. Mrs. Jackson s wife. C. Mrs. Jackson s housemaid. D. Mrs. Jackson s daughter. B. Complete the text based on the time schedule. Sunday Time 4:30 a.m. 5 a.m. 6:15 a.m. 6:45 a.m. 7:10 a.m. 8:15 a.m. 9:20 a.m. 12:05 p.m. Activities wake up jog take a bath have breakfast prepare everything before going to the zoo go to the zoo arrive at the zoo have lunch It is Sunday. My family and I have a plan to go to the zoo. We wake up at (1). Then, at (2) we jog together. We always jog every Sunday morning. After jogging and taking a rest for a while, I take a bath at (3), and then I have breakfast with my family at (4). After that, at about (5) we prepare everything before going to the zoo. After we have finished our preparation, we are ready to go to the zoo at (6). The journey takes about one hour. We arrive at the zoo at (7). We spend about two and a half hours in the zoo. At about (8) we have lunch under a shady tree. 70 UNIT 1 Descriptives

78 Jawaban Review Unit 1 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. B. Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat Irwan I prefer reading comics to novels.. Jadi, Irwan suka membaca komik. 2. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut ayah meminta pendapat Shanty tentang tempat menghabiskan liburan. Ketika ayah meminta pendapat Shanty untuk berlibur ke Puncak, Shanty menyatakan persetujuannya dengan berkata I like that idea.. Jadi, yang akan dilakukan Shanty dan ayahnya adalah pergi ke Puncak pada liburan mendatang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 3. A. Meskipun makanan di rumah makan Bonita lezat, Niken tidak suka karena makanannya mahal (expensive). Hal itu diketahui dari ucapan Niken However, eating there will cost much. I think it will only waste our money. yang artinya Namun, makan di sana mahal. Aku pikir itu hanya akan menghamburkan uang saja.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan alasan Niken tidak menyukai makanan di rumah makan Bonita. 4. C. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat-kalimat My mother is Rida, but people usually call her Mrs. Tio. She is thirty seven.. Jadi, usia Bu Tio adalah 37 tahun. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 5. D. Ketika mendapat masalah, Reny membaginya dengan orang tuanya. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat Whenever I have problems, I always share them with my parents.. Kata I dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada Reny. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 6. A. Pengumuman tersebut berisi tentang kerja bakti (a working bee). Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat On Saturday morning, we will hold a working bee.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan inti pengumuman, hanya sebagai informasi tambahan. 7. D. Dalam pengumuman tersebut terdapat kalimat Every student should bring cleaning tools.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa pengumuman tersebut dapat didengar di sekolah (at school). 8. D. Dalam kartu tersebut terdapat kalimat We are overjoyed at the arrival of the new member! yang artinya Kami sangat bahagia menyambut kedatangan anggota baru.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa kartu tersebut bertujuan untuk memberi ucapan selamat atas kelahiran seseorang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan tujuan kartu tersebut. 9. D. Kata arrival artinya kedatangan. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata departure yang artinya keberangkatan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya penundaan, (B) artinya pembatalan, dan (C) artinya perpisahan. 10. B. Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang sekolah penulis. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat awal paragraf satu, yaitu My school, State Junior High School 8 of Yogyakarta, is..... Deskripsi tentang sekolah penulis dilanjutkan dalam paragrafparagraf berikutnya. 11. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf dua, yaitu It has 18 clean classrooms, ten clean toilets,..... Jadi, toilet-toilet di sekolah tersebut bersih (clean). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 12. A. Kalimat pertama paragraf tiga tertulis The computer room is next to the library..... Karena ruang komputer berada di sebelah perpustakaan, dengan kata lain perpustakaan berada di sebelah ruang komputer (next to the computer room). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 71

79 jawaban (B) dan (D) merupakan letak gedung olahraga, sedangkan (C) merupakan letak tempat parkir. 13. B. Kata large dan big artinya sama, yaitu besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya sangat kecil, (C) artinya indah, dan (D) artinya nyaman. 14. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Gea mengatakan bahwa Yenni duduk di depannya. Karena Yenni duduk di depan Gea, itu berarti Gea duduk di belakang (behind) Yenni. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) artinya di samping/sebelah, sedangkan (C) artinya di depan. 15. C. Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul Jadi, Prita biasanya makan malam pada pukul 6.15 (a quarter past six). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pukul 5.45, (B) artinya pukul 6, dan (D) artinya pukul B. Teks tersebut merupakan teks deskriptif, yaitu menggambarkan keluarga Pak Jackson dan tempat tinggalnya. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah menjelaskan seseorang atau tempat tertentu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan tujuan teks naratif, (C) merupakan tujuan teks prosedur, dan (D) merupakan tujuan teks recount. 17. A. Pada kalimat pertama paragraf satu tertulis Mr. Jackson is an American teacher.... yang artinya Pak Jackson adalah guru berkebangsaan Amerika.. Jadi, kesimpulannya adalah Pak Jackson berasal dari Amerika. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) merupakan asal istrinya, (C) merupakan asal pembantu rumah tangganya, dan (D) adalah negara tempat tinggalnya sekarang. 18. B. Pak Jackson memiliki dua anak (satu anak laki-laki dan satu anak perempuan). Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu Mr. and Mrs. Jackson have one son and one daughter D. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah ada tiga kamar tidur di rumah Pak Jackson. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf tiga, yaitu It has five rooms: a kitchen, a bathroom, a living room and four bedrooms.. Jadi, jumlah kamar tidur di rumah Pak Jackson adalah empat, bukan tiga. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf satu, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga. 20. C. Kata she dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada pembantu rumah tangga Pak Jackson (Mr. Jackson s housemaid). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya The Jacksons have a housemaid to help Mrs. Jackson do the housework.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. B. Isian 1. a half past four 2. five o clock 3. a quarter past six 4. a quarter to seven 5. ten past seven 6. a quarter past eight 7. twenty past nine 8. five past twelve 72 UNIT 1 Descriptives

80 Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks. Text 1 My Bird I have a pet. It is a bird and its name is Vorto. Vorto is funny and nice. It has colorful feathers and a beautiful voice. I love it very much. Every morning I clean Vorto s cage. Then, I feed it some bananas, or sometimes I give it some caterpillars. Actually I m afraid of caterpillars, but I try to do that for my lovely bird. Vorto itself likes caterpillars very much. It sings louder than usual after I feed it. Vorto becomes one of my friends at home. I like playing with it in my spare time. It is enjoyable playing with it Vorto. Text 2 The Mango Tree in Our School There are some trees in our school. Among them, there is a mango tree. The tree is in front of our classroom. The mango tree is very old. Maybe, it is the oldest tree at school. The trunk is very big. It takes two children with arms outstretched to completely circle it. Surprisingly, it still bears a lot of fruit. No wonder, when mango season comes, my friends and I get excited. We all like to come to school really early so we can pick all the good ones. Before going home, we can t help taking a look at the mouth watering sight on the tree, hoping that we might climb it again the next day. Source: New Let s Talk Grade VII for Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Text 3 Our School Our school has two parking lots. One of them is near the front yard. The students should park their bicycles there. The other parking lot is for the staff s motorcycles. It is next to the staff s room, opposite Class IXC. The principal s room is between the staff s room and the school office. There are six toilets in the school. Four of them are in the corner, at the back. They are for students. And the other two are next to Class IXD. They are for the staff and guests. We have a sports hall at the back, behind classrooms VIIIA, B and C. Next to the sports hall are two small dressing rooms. The science lab is between Class IXA and the library. If we want to have snacks and drinks, we can go to the school cafeteria near Class VIID. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 73

81 Text 4 My Grandmother s House I like to go to my grandmother s house. It is situated on the hill. It has a very beautiful green rice field scenery. At the backyard there is a chicken farm. My grandma really loves and keeps the chicken well. My grandmother s house is not big, but it is lovely and clean. I love staying there. This is the place where my grandmother s family spends most of their time together. The house has three bedrooms, a living room, a dining room, a kitchen and two bathrooms. At the front, there is a living room. Next to this room is a dining room. My grandmother s bedroom is near the dining room. There is a toilet inside the room. There is a kitchen and two bathrooms at the back part of the house. Each room has some furniture. My grandmother arranges the furniture properly. They are not expensive, but she always keeps them clean from dust. She does this because she wants to make her house the nicest place to live in. Text 5 My Family My family consists of four people. They are my father whose name is Jan, my mother whose name is Airin, my brother Ruly and of course me. The four of us live together in our apartment. My father is forty-seven years old. He likes gardening very much. Besides, he also likes listening to music and reading books about political science. His special hobbies are bird watching and traveling. My mother is forty-three. She also has similar hobbies as my father does. My brother is seventeen. He attends high school. He is interested in computers and sports like football and hockey. He also spends a lot of time with his friends. My parents have assigned me certain duties around the house. I don t mind helping out because everyone in a family should contribute in some way. I help with the washing up, the vacuuming and the shopping. Of course, I also have to keep my room tidy as well. My brother is responsible for the dusting and the mopping. He also has to clean his own room. Sometimes my brother and I fight about who has to do what job. However, we are still very close. I am very close to my parents. I can rely on them and they will always try to help me. My parents work together to keep our home well. Adapted from: August 6, 2009 < 74 UNIT 1 Descriptives

82 Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: ask for and give things, deliver the description of a particular person using spoken English, create short functional texts (announcements), write descriptives properly, write short functional texts (notices), use the simple present tense, and mention parts of the body, human physical appearances and people s jobs correctly. Perhaps one day someone asks you, How does your sister/ brother look like? How will you answer the question? Perhaps another day you should meet a person whom you don t know. You just know how he/she is like. Can you quickly find him/her among other people? In conclusion, describing people is really important. This unit gives you vocabulary dealing with physical description, and how to describe people properly. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 75

83 2.1 Expression Asking for and Giving Things Read the following dialogs. Please bring me the screwdriver. 1 2 Um... the eggs you are frying smell very delicious, Mom. May I have one? Yes, of course. Sure. Here you are. The sentences, Please bring me the screwdriver. and May I have one? are used to ask for things. The sentences Sure. Here you are. and Yes, of course. are used to give things. Here are some other expressions used to ask for and give things. Asking for Something Could you please...? Would you kindly give me...? May I have it, please? Can I have one? Can you give me...? Please take me that.... Please give me one. Give me some envelopes, please. I d like a glass of tea, please. Pass me the chili, please. Giving Something Sure. Yes, of course. Certainly, here it is. Sure. Here you are. No problem. Please do so. It s O.K. I give you one. Certainly. Yes, here it is. Help yourself. Yes, please. 76 UNIT 2 Descriptives

84 Answer the following questions. 1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1? Jawaban: Asking for and giving opinions, expressing likes and dislikes. 2. Suppose you want to ask for your friend s opinion about today s English test. What will you say? Contoh jawaban: I will say, What do you think about the English test today? 3. Suppose you want to say that you like certain food. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I will say, Fried rice is my favorite food. A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Nia : We have arrived in Jogja. We need to call Rina to make sure (1) where her house is. Ratno : You are right. But (2) my mobile phone is broken. Danny : Well, just use mine. (3) Here it is. Ratno : Thanks. Dialog 2 Old man : Please have a pity on me. I haven t eaten for days. Ria : Oh, sorry to hear that. Please wait for a moment. I have some food for you. Old man : Thank you. A moment later.... Ria : Here you are, Sir. I hope (4) it is enough for you. Old man : Thank you, Miss. (5) You are very kind. Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Mr. Hasan : Please pass me the sugar. Mrs. Hasan : Sure. Here you are. 2. Ida : Could I borrow the magazine? Ima : Sorry. My father is going to read it. 3. Manager : Could you please bring the document here? Secretary : Yes, Sir. 4. Adi : May I have a glass of coffee, please? Waiter : Sorry, we don t serve coffee here. 5. Mrs. Janssen : Please take the cheese in the refrigerator, Tommy. Tommy : O.K., Mom. Here it is. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 77

85 B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. For dialog 1. The speakers are visiting Yogyakarta. 2. Danny offers Ratno to use his mobile phone. 3. Ratno is going to phone Danny. 4. For dialog 2. The dialog happens between a waiter and a customer. 5. Ria gives some food to the old man. Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F (Ratno is going to phone Rina.) 4. F (The dialog happens between a girl and an old beggar.) 5. T C. Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. What is each dialog about? Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 Aldo : Ouch,... it is very painful! Mother : What happens, Aldo? Aldo : Oh, my tooth. I think I get a cavity or something. Mother : How poor you are. Do you want to take medicine to reduce the pain? Aldo : I think so. Mother : Let me take it.... Here you are. Aldo : Thanks, Mom. Mother : You re welcome. Dialog 2 Mrs. Harry : Andre, why don t you have lunch now? I have fried some chicken meat for you. Andre : Really? Oh, thank you very much, Mom. Mrs. Harry : You re welcome. Here it is. Andre : Oh, the chicken meat looks very delicious. Mom, may I give some to Mr. Ronny? Mrs. Harry : Mr. Ronny... who? Andre : The pedicab driver. He said that he hadn t eaten since yesterday. Mrs. Harry : Of course you can, Andre. You are a kind boy. I am proud of you. Andre : Thanks, Mom. Jawaban: Dialog 1 is about Aldo who gets a toothache. Dialog 2 is about giving some food to a starving pedicab driver. D. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C. Dialog 1 1. What s wrong with Aldo? Jawaban: He has got a toothache. 2. What does Mother offer to give him? Jawaban: Medicine to reduce the pain. 78 UNIT 2 Descriptives

86 Dialog 2 1. Mrs. Harry says, Here it is. What does it mean? Jawaban: She gives something. 2. What does Andre want to do? Jawaban: He wants to give some of the fried chicken to Mr. Ronny. 3. Who is Mr. Ronny? Jawaban: A pedicab driver who hasn t eaten since yesterday. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Mr. Tom s family is in a restaurant. They want to order some food. Waiter : Are you ready to order, Sir? Mr. Tom : Yes, please. Sigit, what do you want? Sigit : I want chicken noodles. Mrs. Tom : No, you may not. That s too spicy, right? Sigit : O.K., I d like gudeg, please. Mr. Tom : That s good for you. And you, Haidar? Haidar : I want gado-gado. Mrs. Tom : My husband and I want meatballs, please. One more thing, please give us four glasses of iced-tea. O.K., that s all our order. Waiter : Yes, Ma am. Right away. 2. Dany and Eki are in the laboratory. Dany is doing an experiment and Eki is assisting him. Dany : Give me a magnifying glass, please. Eki : Here you are. Danny : Thanks, Ki. Look! The object is very clear. Now, draw the object for our report. Eki : That s easy. It will not take a long time. Danny : That sounds good. Hurry up! The time is limited. B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Dialog 1 1. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: In a restaurant. 2. What is the relationship between the speakers? Jawaban: They are customers and a waiter. 3. What does Sigit want at first? Jawaban: He wants chicken noodles. 4. Why doesn t Mrs. Tom agree with Sigit s order? Jawaban: Because it s too spicy. 5. What do Mr. and Mrs. Tom order? Jawaban: They order meatballs. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 79

87 Dialog 2 1. In your opinion, what are the speakers doing? Jawaban: They are observing an object under a microscope. 2. Where do you think the dialog happens? Jawaban: In a school laboratory. 3. What does Danny need at first? Jawaban: A magnifying glass. 4. Danny said, Now, draw the object for our report. What does it mean? Jawaban: He asks someone to do something (an order). 5. What did Eki say to give services for Danny? Jawaban: He said, That s easy. It will not take a long time. E. Recall the names of these parts of the body you learned last semester. Mention the names Jawaban: 1. hair 2. forehead 3. eyebrow 4. eye 5. nose 6. tooth 7. mouth 8. lip 9. beard 10. chin 11. tongue 12. moustache 13. nostril 14. cheek 15. ear F. The words below can be used to describe parts of the body. Find their meanings in the dictionary. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. chubby = gemuk 2. slim = langsing 3. curly hair = rambut keriting 4. straight hair = rambut lurus 5. wavy hair = rambut bergelombang 6. blond hair = rambut pirang 7. bald = gundul 8. slanted eyes = mata sipit 9. hooked nose = hidung melengkung 10. wide mouth = mulut lebar 11. light eyebrows = bulu mata tipis 12. prominent/pointed nose = hidung mancung 13. oval face = wajah oval 14. round face = wajah bulat 15. fair complexion = kulit putih 80 UNIT 2 Descriptives

88 G. Match the following descriptions with the correct pictures. a b c d e f g h 1. The woman has long and curly hair. 2. The man has an oval face and thick eyebrows. 3. The man is bald and fat. 4. The woman has straight black hair and slanted eyes. 5. The man is old and uses a stick when walking. 6. The woman has big eyes and wavy hair. 7. The man is thin and tall. 8. The woman is slim. She has long and straight hair. Jawaban: 1. c 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. b 6. h 7. g 8. d A. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the boxes. Dialog 1 a. I think my mother also needs to buy glasses b. Where did you buy them c. Here it is d. comfortable to wear anymore e. the styles are fashionable Nessya : New glasses, huh? Irma : Yeah. My old ones are not (1). Nessya : (2)? Irma : In Rama optic. The prices there are affordable, and (3). Nessya : Please tell me where it is. (4). Irma : Sure. If you want, I have the name card of the owner. (5). Nessya : Thank you very much. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 81

89 Jawaban: 1. d 2. b 3. e 4. a 5. c Dialog 2 a. a pot of black coffee b. Great c. I d like to order some breakfast d. How long will it take e. That s right Room service : Room service. Good morning. Mary Jones : Good morning. This is room 113. (1), please. Room service : Right. Excuse me, am I talking with Mrs. Jones? Mary Jones : (2). Room service : What can I do for you, Ma am? Mary Jones : I d like to have two glasses of grapefruit juice, marmalade, two scrambled eggs with two sausages, toast and (3), please. (4)? Room service : Just a few minutes, Ma am. Mary Jones : (5)! Thank you. Room service : You re welcome. Source: August 4, 2009 < Jawaban: 1. c 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. b B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Dialog 1 1. What s wrong with Irma s old glasses? Jawaban: They are not comfortable to wear anymore. 2. What does Irma like from Rama optic? Jawaban: The prices there are affordable, and the styles are fashionable. 3. Why does Nessya ask Irma the address of the optic? Jawaban: Because her mother may need to buy glasses there. 4. What does Irma give to Nessya? Jawaban: The name card of Rama optic s owner. 5. What does she say when giving the thing? Jawaban: She says, Here it is. Dialog 2 1. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: In a hotel. 2. When does the dialog happen? Jawaban: In the morning. 3. Mrs. Jones says, I d like to order some breakfast, please. What does it mean? Jawaban: She wants to ask for something. 4. What juice does she order? Jawaban: Grapefruit juice. 5. How many scrambled eggs does she want? Jawaban: Two. 82 UNIT 2 Descriptives

90 Variasi: A. Complete the following dialog with the suitable words from the box. a. the final exam b. for your final exam c. that newspaper d. my school project e. Yes, of course Uncle Ferdi : Hello, Risa. Where have you been? Risa : Oh, hello, Uncle Ferdi. I m very busy with (1). Uncle Ferdi : Oh, I see. By the way, Risa, can you give me (2)? I haven t read it yet. Risa : Sure, Uncle. Here you are. Uncle Ferdi : How s your school anyway? Risa : Everything s fine, Uncle. Only I will have (3) next month. By the way, would you please pass me the magazine, Uncle? Uncle Ferdi : (4). O.K., just study hard (5). Risa : Yes, Uncle. Thank you very much. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Jawaban: 1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A. 1. What makes Risa busy? Jawaban: Her school project. 2. Uncle Ferdy says, Can you give me that newspaper? What does it mean? Jawaban: He wants to ask for something. 3. When will Risa face the final exam? Jawaban: Next month. 4. What does Risa ask her uncle to do? Jawaban: To pass her the magazine. 5. Are there any expressions of giving something in the dialog? Jawaban: Yes, there are. They are: Here you are. and Yes, of course. C. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs. Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 3 Ryan : Well, just open the envelope. 2 Linda : What is it? 5 Ryan : You re welcome. 4 Linda : Oh, the photos when we were in Prambanan Temple. Thanks, Ryan. They are very beautiful. 1 Ryan : Linda, I have something for you. Dialog 2 5 Lina : Please take some more. 6 Eny : Thanks. Er... may I ask for the recipe? I want to make it myself. 3 Lina : How does it taste? PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 83

91 Eny : Lina : Eny : Lina : O.K. Sure. Let me look for my recipe book first. Hmm... very delicious. Please taste the cheese stick I have made. D. Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the dialogs in Task C? Correct the false ones. 1. For dialog 1. Linda gives Ryan some photos. 2. The photos were taken when they visited Prambanan Temple. 3. For dialog 2. Lina s mother has made the cheese stick. 4. Eny thinks that the cheese stick is delicious. 5. Eny wants to buy the cheese stick. Jawaban: 1. F (It is Ryan who gives Linda some photos.) 2. T 3. F (Lina has made the cheese stick, not her mother.) 4. T 5. F (Eny wants to ask for the recipe of the cheese stick.) Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain. 1. For dialog 1. Ryan gives some articles about the Prambanan Temple. 2. Ryan puts the things in an envelope. 3. For dialog 2. Eny offers Lina some cheese stick. 4. Lina gets the cheese stick by buying it. 5. Eny asks for the recipe from Lina. Jawaban: 1. F (Ryan gives Linda some photos when they were in Prambanan Temple.) 2. T 3. F (Lina offers Eny some cheese stick.) 4. F (She gets the cheese stick by making it herself.) 5. T E. Read the dialogs and repeat after your teacher. 1 Picture source: August 5, 2009 < Roy_'Chubby'_Brown.jpg> Nia : Where does Mr. Greg work? Henky : He works in a circus. Nia : Is he an animal trainer? Henky : No. He is a clown. Nia : What does he look like? Henky : He is chubby, wears glasses, and looks friendly. 84 UNIT 2 Descriptives

92 2 Picture source: August 5, 2009 < Budihanduk> Julie : What does Mr. Budi do? Andrew : He works as an entertainer. Julie : What does he do in his job? Andrew : He acts in films and makes people laugh. Julie : What does he look like? Andrew : He is fat and has curly hair. F. Work in pairs. Complete the following dialogs based on the pictures. Use the words given. 1 Mrs. Harris veterinarian hospital slim, short and blond hair Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work? Dina :. Adi : Is she? Dina : No.. Adi : What does she look like? Dina : She is. Picture source: August 27, 2009 < 2 Picture source: September 30, 2009 < fileswordpress.com--- tina_toon001.jpg> Ms. Tina singer oval face, long and black hair Titi : What does Ms. Tina do? Robert :. Titi : What does she do in her job? Robert :. Titi : What does she look like? Robert :. Contoh jawaban: 1. Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work? Dina : She works in a hospital. Adi : Is she a nurse? Dina : No. She is a veterinarian. Adi : What does she look like? Dina : She is tall, slim, and has short and blond hair. 2. Titi : What does Ms. Tina do? Robert : She is a singer. Titi : What does she do in her job? Robert : She sings on stages and makes albums. Titi : What does she look like? Robert : She has an oval face, and long and black hair. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 85

93 G. Make dialogs based on the following pictures. Use expressions of asking for and giving something. 1 2 Contoh jawaban: 1. Robby : I bought two glasses of iced orange. Here is one for you. Ryan : Oh, thank you. You are very kind. Robby : Don t mention it. Well, just drink it before the bell rings. Ryan : Sure. 2. Rina : Hi, Asih. What are you doing? Asih : Hi, Rin. Oh, just looking at this book. Rina : What book is it? It looks interesting. Asih : Oh, it is a visual dictionary. I think it is good to learn English vocabulary using this book. Rina : I see. May I borrow it? Asih : Sure. Here you are. 2.2 Genre Spoken Text Read the following monolog. Listen, everyone. I d like to tell you about Mr. Satria. Mr. Satria is a truck driver. Every day he drives a large vehicle, a truck. He is thin and always wears a T-shirt when he works. You know, he often has to drive great distances which can take him away from his home for days at a time. Sometimes he also has to eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat. Do you know why? Because he has to arrive to his destination on time. Furthermore, 86 UNIT 2 Descriptives

94 to anticipate there is a flat tire or the truck runs out of gas, he also has to bring extra money. Mr. Satria certainly knows that his job is not easy, but he never complains. He loves his job. Adapted from: August 5, 2009 < Visual-Dictionary Work/Truck-driver.htm> The text above is a descriptive, but in spoken form. A spoken text is also called a monolog. In delivering a spoken text, you can use some expressions to interact with the audience, such as Listen, everyone., May I have your attention, please? and Attention, all.. Besides, you can also use some fillers in it, such as well, you know, um..., er..., etc. Written Text Read the following text. Identification Description Mr. Satria is a driver. He drives a large vehicle, called a truck, every day. He is thin and wears a T-shirt when he works. Mr. Satria generally has to drive great distances which can take him away from his home for days at a time. Sometimes he also has to eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat because he has to arrive to his destination on time. He also has to bring extra money in case there is a flat tire or he runs out of petrol. Although he has to face difficulties, Mr. Satria really loves his work. Adapted from: August 5, 2009 < Visual-Dictionary Work/Truck-driver.htm> The text above is a descriptive in written form. A descriptive functions to describe a particular thing, place or person. A descriptive consists of: Identification : identifies the person, place or thing to be described. Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or thing. In a descriptive, you usually use the simple present tense. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 87

95 Grammar Section The Simple Present Tense Read the following sentences. 1 2 My father jogs every morning. The girl is slim. The sentences above use the simple present tense. You use the simple present tense to express habitual or every day activities (sentence 1). You also use it to say that something was true in the past, is true in the present, and will be true in the future (sentence 2). In other words, you use it to express general truth. Patterns: (+) S + V(-s/-es) + (O) Subject Verb (-s/-es) (Object) (Adverb) I Ani and Aldo Mr. Janseen Ms. Lusy like study works sells mangoes. vegetables. in SMPN 2. in a shop. ( ) S + do/does + not + Vbase + (O) Subject Do/Does Not Verb base (Object) (Adverb) I Ani and Aldo Mr. Janseen Ms. Lusy do do does does not not not not like study work sell apples. fruits. in SMPN 4. in a factory. 88 UNIT 2 Descriptives

96 (?) Do/Does + S + Vbase + (O) +...? Do/Does Subject Verb base (Object) (Adverb) Do Do Does Does you Ani and Aldo Mr. Janseen Ms. Lusy like study work sell mangoes? vegetables? in SMPN 2? in a shop? Note: 1. You use V(-s/-es) in positive statements. The subject of this verb is the third singular person (he, she, it, Mr. Arman, the cat, etc). 2. In negative and interrogative sentences, you use: do I/You/We/They/People/The children (plural subjects) does He/She/It/Mr. Arman/The man (singular subjects) Here are some other examples: Lia works in an office. Saptono doesn t like his present job. Do you always attend a computer fair? Answer the following questions. 1. In Unit 1, you have learned about a descriptive. What is a descriptive? Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing. 2. What is the purpose of a descriptive? Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing. 3. What is the structure of a descriptive? Jawaban: Identification and description. 4. Mention some topics which you can use to describe something. Contoh jawaban: My rabbit, my school, the lion I saw in the zoo. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 89

97 A. Listen to your teacher. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Lidya is a nurse. She works in a hospital in Surabaya. She helps the doctors and looks after the patients. She gives the patients the medicines, and she often talks to them and listens to their problems. Sometimes, she talks to the patients families. She always wears his nurse s uniform. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 1. What does Lidya do? Jawaban: She is a nurse. 2. Where does she work? Jawaban: She works in a hospital in Surabaya. 3. What are her duties? Jawaban: Her duties are to help the doctors and look after the patients. 4. Whom does she often talk to? Jawaban: To the patients and sometimes their families. 5. What does she give to the patients? Jawaban: Medicines. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about? Teks yang dibacakan guru: Hello, everybody. Do you have a brother or a sister? Please tell me, what he or she looks like. Now, I ll tell you about my only one brother. His name is Hendi. He is quite young, about seventeen years old. He is tall and energetic. He has dark skin, big eyes and a pointed nose. Different from me, he has dark straight hair and an oval face. He is also pretty handsome, you know. In his daily life, he prefers wearing a T-shirt and jeans. My brother is an OSIS chairperson in his school. He is smart. He is also friendly. No wonder that he has many friends. O.K., that s all about my brother. Jawaban: The text is about the description of the speaker s brother named Hendi. B. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task A. 1. How old is Hendi? Jawaban: He is about seventeen years old. 2. How is Hendi s hair? Jawaban: It is dark and straight. 90 UNIT 2 Descriptives

98 3. What does Hendi prefer wearing in his daily life? Jawaban: A T-shirt and jeans. 4. What position does Hendi have in his school? Jawaban: He is an OSIS chairperson. 5. Why does Hendi have many friends? Jawaban: Because he is smart and friendly. C. Listen to the text in Task A once again. Complete the following table based on the text. Name Age Height Skin Eyes Nose Hair Face Characteristics Jawaban: Name Age Height Skin Eyes Nose Hair Face Characteristics Hendi about 17 years old tall dark big pointed dark and straight oval handsome, energetic, smart, friendly B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Let me introduce you my friend who sits next to me. Her name is Ita. She is beautiful. What I like from her is that she has long (1) black hair and thick (2) eyebrows. Although her nose is (3) hooked, it is small and looks (4) proportional with her face. She is not so tall, about (5) 1.50 meters tall. She is also a (6) nice friend to talk with. That s why, I like (7) to talk with her very much. We often (8) discuss our school problems together. Sometimes we also (9) study together at her house. I am (10) happy to have her as a friend. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 91

99 C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B? Correct the false ones. 1. Ita is the speaker s friend. 2. Ita has thin eyebrows. 3. Ita has a pointed and small nose. 4. Her height is 1.50 meters. 5. The speaker likes to discuss her school problems with Ita. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (She has thick eyebrows.) 3. F (She has a hooked and small nose.) 4. T 5. T Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Complete the following statements based on the text you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Hello, my name is Zakia Arsita. My friend tells me that I am beautiful with my oval face. I live at Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan. I was born on March 23, I like my hair very much. It is long straight black hair. I usually wash it three times a week. Well, my eyes are small. It makes me look calm, said my friend. I also have a pointed nose. You know what! My favorite person is Michael Schumacher. He was a Formula One racer. I admire him very much and always like to watch his races on TV. I have learned from him that I should never easily give up. How about you? 1. The text describes. 2. The speaker has a/an face. 3. The speaker lives at. 4. The speaker is years old now. 5. The speaker likes her very much. 6. The speaker hair is. 7. The speaker washes her hair. 8. The speaker has eyes and a nose. 9. The speaker idol is. 10. The speaker has learned from her idol that. Jawaban: 1. the speaker herself named Zakia Arsita 2. oval 3. Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan 4. nearly fifteen 5. hair 6. long, straight and black 7. three times a week 8. small; pointed 9. Michael Schumacher 10. she should never easily give up 92 UNIT 2 Descriptives

100 A. Look at the pictures and read the data. Describe the people based on the data. You may add other information you know about the people. 1 Picture source: August 27, 2009 < Kasian Lagi Pusing Ya Choky Sitohang.jpg> Name : Choky Sitohang Nickname : Choky Place and Date of Birth : Bandung, July 10, 1982 Occupation : Sports and Music Presenter First Career : News reader in a private company in 2002 Presenter of TV Programs : Happy Song (Indosiar 2009) Take Me Out (Indosiar 2009) Physical Appearance : Oval face, short hair, pointed nose Dreams : To have a management office in entertainment. To have a broadcasting school. Sources: August 27, 2009 < September 29, 2009 < success_details.php?pg=achievements&id=3967&sub=success&awal=60&page=7> 2 Picture source: September 29, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 93

101 Name : Chelsea Olivia Wijaya Place and Date of Birth : Jakarta, July 29, 1992 Parents : Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine Occupation : An actress Hobby : Sleeping, listening to music, shopping Favorite Food : Fried chicken, roasted gurami Favorite Drink : Sekoteng Physical Appearance : Oval face, pointed nose, long black hair Source: August 27, 2009 < Contoh jawaban: 1. This young man is Choky Sitohang. You can call him Choky. He was born in Bandung, 27 years ago, precisely on July 10, He is quite handsome, with an oval face, short hair and a pointed nose. He works as a presenter. Now, he becomes the presenter of Happy Song and Take Me Out. Both are broadcast by Indosiar. You know, he works hard every day. He wants to have a management office in entertainment and a broadcasting school. He thinks that he can be successful because of God s blessing, besides trying to have integrity and be humble. 2. Let me tell you about Chelsea Olivia Wijaya. You must be familiar with her name, right? Chelsea, was born in Jakarta, July 29, It means she is seventeen years old now. Her parents are Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine. She is well-known as a young talented actress. Talking about her interest, she likes sleeping, listening to music and shopping. Her favorite foods are fried chicken and roasted gurami, while her favorite drink is sekoteng. I think, as an actress, Chelsea has many activities to do, like starring in films and advertisements. However, she can manage her time well. Variasi: Look at the picture. Describe the person based on the following data. Birth Name : Avril Ramona Lavigne Famous Name : Avril Lavigne Date of Birth : September 27, 1984 Place of Birth : Belleville, Ontario, Canada Parents : Judy and John Lavigne Siblings : An elder brother (Matthew) and a younger sister (Michelle) Genre(s) : Modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power pop, teen pop, alternative rock Picture source: Occupation(s) : Singer, songwriter, actress, model < Instrument(s) : Vocals, electric guitar, acoustic guitar, piano, drums Website : Source: September 22, 2008 < Contoh jawaban: Do you know Avril Lavigne? I m sure, some of you do. She is a famous singer from Canada. Now, I ll tell you about her. 94 UNIT 2 Descriptives

102 Avril Ramona Lavigne is better known by the name of Avril Lavigne. She was born in Belleville, Ontario, Canada on September 27, She is the second daughter of Judy and John Lavigne. She has an elder brother named Matthew and a younger sister named Michelle. Avril Lavigne is not only a singer but also a songwriter, an actress and a model. In music, Avril Lavigne plays many music genres, such as modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power pop, teen pop and alternative rock. Besides singing, she is also skillful in playing some instruments such as electric guitar, acoustic guitar, piano and drums. Like other stars, Avril Lavigne has a website. So, if you want to get further information about her, you can visit B. Find out one of your relatives or neighbors jobs. Tell your friends about what he/she does in his/her job. Contoh jawaban: Mrs. Haryono, my next-door neighbor, is a grocer. She sells many things in her shop, like household items, food and other things. I think her shop is a complete one in my neighborhood. Besides, the things sold have quite reasonable prices and the service is quite satisfying. To help her run the shop, she employs two assistants. There are many buyers shopping there, especially on the weekend or at the beginning of a month. The shop opens at 9 a.m. and closes at 8 p.m. As a matter of fact, I am happy because there is Mrs. Haryono s shop near my house. So, everytime I need something, I can directly go there and get what I need. I like shopping in the shop. A. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. Mr. Kartolo is very happy. The rainy season of this year makes the farm beautiful. It is a planting time! Rice fields become fresh and green during this season, and by the end of this season Mr. Kartolo is ready to harvest his crops. Mr. Kartolo ploughs the land at the beginning of the rainy season. He usually works early and finishes at noon. Milking the cows, feeding the livestock and cleaning the barns are among Mr. Kartolo s duties before breakfast. He does most of the hard outdoor work himself. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Questions: 1. What does Mr. Kartolo do? Jawaban: He is a farmer. 2. Why is Mr. Kartolo happy? Jawaban: Because the rainy season of the year makes the farm beautiful and it is the planting time. 3. How do the rice fields look like during the season? Jawaban: They become fresh and green. 4. What does Mr. Kartolo do at the beginning of the rainy season? Jawaban: He ploughs the land. 5. What does Mr. Kartolo usually do before having breakfast? Jawaban: He milks the cow, feeds the livestock and cleans the barns. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 95

103 Variasi: Complete the following text with the words from the box. a. loud b. exercise c. enjoys d. joggers e. the morning f. fast g. stadium h. healthy i. walks j. chat Mr. X, the Jogger There is a man who always jogs in the (1). I usually call him Mr. X. He is the oldest man on the stadium track. However, he is also the most energetic-looking man there. I meet him whenever I jog at the stadium in (2). This man; however, would be finishing the last bit of his (3). He is always there earlier than I. The man looks like in his sixties. He is lean and tall. He does not jog but (4). However, he walks at such a (5) speed that I cannot catch up with him; even though, I jog. Many younger (6) would look at him in admiration. Some younger men even ask him to show them how he does it. The man has a (7) voice. After his exercise, he usually sits at the spectator stand to (8) with some of his friends for a while before making his way home. I could hear his voice as I jog past the spectator stand. I think his lungs are really (9)! Maybe this man really knows that it is important to exercise. Or maybe he just (10) exercising. Whatever it is, I must say that he is somebody the joggers at the stadium notice and even look up to. Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4 Jawaban: 1. g 2. e 3. b 4. i 5. f 6. d 7. a 8. j 9. h 10. c B. Change the words in brackets into their correct forms. My Geography Teacher I [1. have] a new geography teacher. Her name is Miss Andita. She is pretty with her short black hair. She [2. be] still young, about 27 years old. She usually [3. walk] to school because her boarding house is quite near from school. Sometimes I [4. meet] her on the way to school. When she [5. pass] me in the street, she always [6. greet] me. Miss Andita is a patient teacher. She seldom [7. get] angry; although, my classmates and I are naughty. Sometimes I [8. find] that she is nervous. But it s O.K., for she is still new. Above all, she is clever and understandable. That s why, we often [9. visit] her to ask about something we [10. not know]. Jawaban: 1. have 2. is 3. walks 4. meet 5. passes 6. greets 7. gets 8. find 9. visit 10. do not know 96 UNIT 2 Descriptives

104 C. Look at the picture and read the text. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text? Correct the false ones. Look at the man. He is Mr. Katsuo Imakyure, a Japanese man. Like a typical Japanese, he has slanted eyes. However, he has thick eyebrows. He is tall and thin. Mr. Katsuo works as a waitperson at Terrace Garden Restaurant at the Sulgrave Hotel, Park Avenue, New York. He waits on customers in the restaurant. Although he just gets low wages, he is always happy. He always serves his customers well. That s why, he often gets tips from his customers for his good service. He always wears a white coat, grey vest and long black trousers while serving his customers. He doesn t forget to wear his bowtie when working. Adapted from: September 17, 2009 < ft0h4n99h3&brand=oac/> Picture source: Statements: < 1. Mr. Katsuo works in a Japanese restaurant. katzuo> 2. He is tall and has slanted eyes and thick eyebrows. 3. He gets a high salary for his job. 4. He can make money from tips. 5. He always wears different types of clothes while serving his customers. Jawaban: 1. F (Mr. Katsuo works in a New York restaurant.) 2. T 3. F (He gets a low salary for his job.) 4. T 5. F (He always wears a white coat, gery vest and long trousers while serving his customers.) Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain. 1. Mr. Katsuo serves his customers well. 2. His customers are satisfied with his service. 3. He always wears a bowtie while working. 4. He seldom gets tips from his customers. 5. He always wears a white T-shirt while working. Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. T 4. F (He often gets tips from them.) 5. F (He always wears a white coat while working.) PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 97

105 A. Look at the picture. Answer the following questions based on the picture. Picture source: September 17, 2009 <htttp:// Questions: 1. Is the woman old or young? Jawaban: She is old. 2. In your opinion, how old is she? Contoh jawaban: Around 50 years old. 3. What does she look like? Jawaban: She has an oval face, a pointed nose, blond short hair. 4. In your opinion, what are her characteristics? Contoh jawaban: She is patient and careful. 5. What is her job? Jawaban: She is a pediatrician. 6. What does she do in her job? Jawaban: She examines and treats children who are sick. 7. What does she wear every time she works? Jawaban: She wears a white uniform. 8. Do you think she has an assistant when she works? Jawaban: Yes, she does. B. Write the description of the person in Task A based on your answers. You may add additional information you like. Contoh jawaban: This is Ms. Manuela Martinez. She is a pediatrician. She examines and treats sick children. She likes her job because she loves children. I think she is in her fiftieth now. She looks patient and careful while examining the children. I think she is a beautiful woman. She has blond short hair and a pointed nose. She usually wears white uniform while working. And there is an assistant who helps her do the job. Adapted from: September 17, 2009 < 98 UNIT 2 Descriptives

106 Variasi: Develop the following paragraph into a good descriptive. You may use the following information. Garage People have their cars serviced. Make sure the engine is running smoothly. Change the oil and other lubricants. Check filter and spark plugs. Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is a mechanic. His job is to repair cars and other vehicles. _ Contoh jawaban: Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is a mechanic. His job is to repair cars and other vehicles. My uncle is a busy person I think. Every day, many people come to his garage to have their cars serviced. He works on the engine to make sure it is running smoothly. He also changes the oil and other lubricants, checks filters and spark plugs to see that they are working properly. Usually, he works from 8 a.m to 4 p.m. Because he has many customers, he has two assistants to help him. My aunt helps him in preparing the things they need. Adapted from: September 18, 2009 < Work/Mechanic.htm> C. Write a descriptive about one of the school staff members. Don t forget to mention: what he/she does, what he/she looks like, what he/she does in his/her job. Contoh jawaban: Mr. Harsono is my school librarian. He is a friendly person. Almost all students and teachers like him. I always talk a lot with him everytime I go to the library. He often asks about my family, my daily activities, etc. He is also a strict person. When students study in the library and get noisy, he always shouts, Please keep silent, won t you? You will disturb others! Because of this attitude, some naughty students often laugh at him. But some others respect him. He is also a tidy person. I often see him tidy the books, especially after the students have read them. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 99

107 2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Notices Spoken Text Read the following text. Attention for all zoo visitors, Thank you for visiting the zoo. After you buy the tickets, please enter the zoo through the west gate because the usual gate is under construction. Thank you. The text above is an announcement. An announcement is a spoken or written statement that informs people about something. Written Text Read the following texts. NO LATE COMERS DON T LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN The texts above are called notices. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information or a warning. Answer the following questions. 1. What announcement do you often hear at school? Contoh jawaban: An announcement that there will be a flag ceremony every Monday or on special days. 2. Who announced it? Contoh jawaban: My school teacher. 3. Have you ever seen a notice? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. 4. What did it say? Jawaban: No littering. 100 UNIT 2 Descriptives

108 A. Listen to your teacher. Answer the questions below. Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru: Ladies and gentlemen, To celebrate the Valentine Day, Shinning Department Store offers you chocolate with special prices. And if you buy items more than 50,000 Rupiah in total, you can exchange the receipt with a flower gift in the information desk. Thank you. 1. Whom is the announcement for? Jawaban: The department store s visitors. 2. What is the name of the department store? Jawaban: Shinning Department Store. 3. What does the store offer? Jawaban: Chocolate with special prices. 4. What can we get if we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total? Jawaban: A flower gift. 5. Where can we exchange our receipt with the gift? Jawaban: In the information desk. Variasi: Guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut di kelas lain. 1. During what occassion can we hear the announcement? Jawaban: On the Valentine Day. 2. What does the store offer with special prices? Jawaban: Chocolate. 3. How can we get a gift? Jawaban: If we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total. 4. What gift will we get? Jawaban: A flower. 5. What should we do to claim the gift? Jawaban: By exchanging the receipt in the information desk. B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following announcement based on what you have heard. Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: To celebrate (1) the thirty seventh anniversary of this town, there will be a (2) bicycle riding next Sunday. By just paying Rp30,000, you will get a T-shirt, (3) snacks and soft drink. There are also many (4) door prizes waiting. So, don t (5) miss this event. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 101

109 C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the announcement in Task B? Correct the false ones. 1. The event is held to celebrate the 13th anniversary of the town. 2. The event will be conducted on Sunday. 3. Each participant should pay Rp13, Each participant should buy a T-shirt. 5. There will be door prizes available in the event. Jawaban: 1. F (It is to celebrate the 37th anniversary.) 2. T 3. F (Each participant should pay Rp30,000.) 4. F (The participant will get it free of charge.) 5. T A. Complete the following announcement with the suitable words or phrases from the box. a. fashion show competition b. announcement board c. celebrate d. school e. students Attention, please. To (1) the Kartini Day, there will be a (2) for (3) of our (4). The competition will be held next Monday. Please see the details on the (5) near the teachers office. Thank you. Jawaban: 1. c 2. a 3. e 4. d 5. b B. Answer the following questions based on the announcement in Task A. 1. Where can you hear the announcement? Jawaban: At school. 2. What event will be held? Jawaban: A fashion show competition. 3. Who can join the competition? Jawaban: The students of the school. 4. When will the event be held? Jawaban: Next Monday. 5. Where can we see the announcement in detail? Jawaban: On the announcement board near the teachers office. 102 UNIT 2 Descriptives

110 C. Suppose you were in charge of a book fair. Make an announcement that there would be a talk show in the fair. Contoh jawaban: Attention for all book fair visitors. Today, at 11 a.m, there will be a talk show with Mr. Danu Haryonegoro, the writer of How to Write Effectively which has become a best-seller. The topic of the talk show is What is a good novel? It is free of charge. Please join us at the hall. See you there. A. Look at the following notices. Complete them with the correct words from the box. a. limit b. clean c. go ahead d. ladies e. door f. littering For only. Speed 60 km/h No. Turn left,. 5. Keep the room. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. f 4. c 5. b Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan berikut di kelas lain. a. swimming b. in progress c. pedestrian d. smoking e. Park 1. your bike here. 2. No in the lavatory. 3. No here. Dangerous! 4. For only. 5. Be quiet. The exam is. Jawaban: 1. e 2. d 3. a 4. c 5. b PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 103

111 B. What should/should not we do according to each notice in Task A? Jawaban: 1. We should not enter the place if we are men. 2. We should drive our vehicles not more than 60 km/hour. 3. We should not throw garbage in the place. 4. We should drive a car or ride a motorcycle ahead if we want to turn left. 5. We should keep the room clean. Variasi: Find the meanings of the notices in Task A. 1. Hanya untuk wanita. 2. Batas kecepatan 60 km. 3. Jangan membuang sampah sembarangan. 4. Belok kiri, jalan terus. 5. Jagalah kebersihan ruangan ini. 1. C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. What does the notice mean? A. We should keep the door carefully. B. We should always shut the door. C. We should not close the door. D. We should not leave the door closed. Jawaban: B Notice tersebut artinya Jagalah pintu selalu tertutup. Kalimat tersebut memiliki arti yang sama dengan kita harus selalu menutup pintu (we should always shut the door). 2. Which of the following notices we may NOT find in a shop? A. Maximum two pieces B. C. D. Keep the door closed Do not try the item on Turn left, go ahead Shoplifting is a crime Jawaban: C Notice Turn left, go ahead. artinya Belok kiri, jalan terus.. Notice ini biasa kita temui di jalan raya, di dekat belokan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena biasa kita temukan di toko. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya maksimum (mencoba) dua potong dan (B) yang artinya dilarang mencoba biasa ditemukan di bagian pakaian. Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya mengutil adalah suatu kejahatan. Read the text and answer questions 3 and 4. Keep off the grass 3. The notice means that the grass. A. we are allowed to cut B. we are allowed to pick up C. we must not walk on D. we must not clean Jawaban: C Kalimat soal Keep off the grass artinya Dilarang menginjak rumput. Hal itu berarti kita tidak boleh menginjak rumput (we must not walk on the grass). Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (C). 4. Where do you usually find the sign above? A. In the classroom. B. On the bus. C. In the garden. D. On the train. Ujian Nasional 2006/ UNIT 2 Descriptives

112 Jawaban: C Kalimat soal Keep off the grass artinya Dilarang menginjak rumput. Dari kata kunci rumput kita dapat menyimpulkan bahwa peringatan itu dapat kita temukan di kebun (in the garden). Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (C). 5. What is the purpose of the notice? A. To warn people about something. B. To clarify about something. C. To show something. D. To describe something. Jawaban: A Pesan singkat tersebut adalah tentang peringatan untuk tidak menginjak rumput. Jadi, tujuan notice tersebut adalah untuk memperingatkan orang tentang sesuatu (to warn people about something), yaitu untuk tidak menginjak rumput. A. Write notices based on the following situations. 1. Suppose you are a teacher. You want your students to be quiet while doing their tasks. What should you write? 2. Suppose you are a librarian. You want the library to be tidy. You want the students to always return the books on the shelves after they are reading them. What should you write? Contoh jawaban: 1. Keep silent! 2. Return the books back on the shelves B. Write down notices you can find in the following places. 1. At school. 2. In a department store. Contoh jawaban: 1. Be quiet! The examination is in progress No cheating! 2. Be careful! Breaking the items means buying them Staff only! PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 105

113 Write a descriptive about your father/mother. Mention what he/she does, and what he/she looks like. Read and memorize the words. Use the words whenever you speak English. to accompany : menemani amateur : amatir anniversary : peringatan, hari jadi boarding house : rumah kos to broadcast : menyiarkan current : sekarang, mutakhir destination : tujuan duty : tugas to examine : memeriksa fishmonger : penjual ikan in charge : yang bertugas to keep : menjaga, memelihara, menyimpan to look after : merawat musician : pemain musik optician : ahli kacamata outdoor : di luar rumah pediatrician : dokter anak to plant : menanam to proclaim : menyatakan proportional : sebanding, seimbang to switch off : mematikan to switch on : menyalakan to treat : mengobati, merawat typical : khas understandable : dapat dimengerti vehicle : kendaraan violinist : pemain biola 106 UNIT 2 Descriptives

114 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Luki s mother is cooking for the dinner now. Mrs. Anwar : Luki, come here, please. Luki : Yes, Mom. What s the matter? Mrs. Anwar : Can you get me some chilies from the refrigerator, please? Luki : Sure, Mom. What are you Mrs. Anwar : making anyway, Mom? I am making rendang, dear. Your father likes it very much. Luki : Um... it sounds delicious. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 1. Mrs. Anwar says, Can you get me some chilies from the refrigerator, please? What does it mean? A. She wants to give things. B. She wants to ask for things. C. She wants to ask for facts. D. She wants to ask about Luki s competence. Jawaban: B Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Anwar adalah Dapatkah kamu mengambilkan beberapa cabai dari lemari es?. Pertanyaan ini digunakan untuk meminta sesuatu (ask for things). 2. Which statement is NOT TRUE about Mrs. Anwar? A. She is cooking dinner. B. She is cooking rendang. C. She likes rendang very much. D. She asks Luki to get her some chilies. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakannya, yaitu I am making rendang, dear. Your father likes it very much. yang artinya Ibu sedang membuat rendang, sayang. Ayahmu sangat menyukainya.. Jadi, yang sangat menyukai rendang bukanlah Bu Anwar, tetapi Pak Anwar. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Lisa : Do you have some books on descriptive? Mr. Iwan : Yes, we do. What descriptive books do you need? About people, animals or plants? Lisa : About people, please. People s jobs. Mr. Iwan : Here you are. Lisa : It looks good. How much is it? Mr. Iwan : Twenty-five thousand Rupiah. Lisa : O.K. Here is the money. Mr. Iwan : Thank you. And here is your change, fifteen thousand Rupiah. Lisa : Thank you. 3. In your opinion, who are talking in the dialog? A. A daughter and her father. B. A girl and a shop assistant. C. A student and her teacher. D. A secretary and her boss. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut terlihat adanya transaksi jual beli antara Lisa dan Pak Anwar, yang diketahui dari kalimat Lisa, How much it is? dan O.K. Here is the money.. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi antara seorang gadis (Lisa) dan seorang penjaga toko. 4. What book does Lisa need? A. A book about people s jobs. B. A book about people s hobbies. C. A book about people s daily activities. D. A book about people s physical appearance. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat About people, please. People s jobs.. Jadi, buku yang Lisa perlukan adalah buku tentang deskripsi pekerjaan. 5. How much money does Lisa give to the shop assistant? A. Fifteen thousand Rupiah. B. Twenty-five thousand Rupiah. C. Thirty-five thousand Rupiah. D. Forty thousand Rupiah. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 107

115 Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut penjual mengatakan harga buku itu, Twenty-five thousand Rupiah. yang artinya Dua puluh lima ribu Rupiah.. Ketika Lisa memberikan uangnya, penjual tersebut mengatakan, And here is the change, fifteen thousand rupiah. yang artinya Dan ini kembaliannya, lima belas ribu Rupiah.. Jadi, uang yang Lisa berikan adalah Rp25.000,00 + Rp15.000,00 = Rp40.000,00 (forty thousand Rupiah). Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7. For all villagers, there will be a cooking demo in Mrs. Yanuar s house at two o clock this afternoon. The demo is from the university students who do the KKN program in this village. So, for all women and girls, please come and see the demo. Thank you. 6. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the announcement? A. The demo is held in the speaker s village. B. The demo will be done at three o clock. C. Some university students will do the demo. D. The demo will be done in Mrs. Yanuar s house. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat... there will be a cooking demo in Mrs. Yanuar s house at two this afternoon. yang artinya... akan ada demo memasak di rumah Bu Yanuar pukul dua sore.. 7. The following people may come to the demo, except. A. women B. girls C. university students D. the head of the village Jawaban: D Dalam teks tersebut dikatakan, The demo is from the university students who do the KKN program in this village. So, for all women and girls, please come and see the demo. yang artinya Demo ini diadakan oleh mahasiswa-mahasiswa yang melakukan program KKN di desa ini. Jadi, semua wanita dan anak gadis, silakan datang dan saksikan demo itu. Dari sini, disimpulkan bahwa orang-orang yang datang adalah mahasiswa KKN, wanita, dan remaja putri. Jadi, yang mungkin tidak datang adalah kepala desa, sesuai pilihan jawaban (D). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan orang-orang yang mungkin datang. Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9. Switch off all the electronic appliances when you don t need them. 8. We will find such kind of instruction in the following places, except. A. at home B. at school C. in the office D. along the street Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: D Arti notice itu adalah Matikan semua alat elektronik ketika kamu tidak menggunakannya.. Kita dapat menemukan notice tersebut (A) di rumah, (B) di sekolah, (C) di kantor. Jadi, tempat yang kita tidak dapat menemukan notice itu adalah (D) yang artinya di sepanjang jalan. 9. What does the notice mean? A. We should switch off the electronic appliances when using the room. B. We should switch off the electronic appliances when we finish using them. C. We should switch on the electronic appliances when we start using them. D. We should switch on the electronic appliances when we finish using them. Jawaban: B Arti notice itu adalah Matikan semua alat elektronik ketika kamu tidak menggunakannya.. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa kita sebaiknya mematikan (switch off) semua alat elektronik ketika kita selesai menggunakan alat-alat tersebut. 108 UNIT 2 Descriptives

116 Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13. Mr. Danu is my uncle. He lives in a country and is a farmer. He is 50 years old. He is tall and well-built. He has round eyes, a pointed nose and thick lips. He has straight hair. He is very strong. His arms and legs are strong. His skin is brown. He is very diligent. He is also smart and honest. He is a good person, and we love him very much. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII 10. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the description of Mr. Danu? A. He has a hooked nose. B. He has thick lips. C. He has wavy hair. D. His skin is fair. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat He has... thick lips. yang artinya Ia mempunyai... bibir tebal.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena ia memiliki hidung mancung (a pointed nose), (C) salah karena ia memiliki rambut lurus (straight hair), dan (D) salah karena kulitnya berwarna coklat (brown skin). 11. What does Mr. Danu do? A. He is a farmer. B. He works hard. C. He is a good person. D. He is diligent. Jawaban: A Pertanyaan What does Mr. Danu do? artinya Apa pekerjaan Pak Danu?. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah jenis pekerjaan, yaitu petani. 12. Mr. Danu has straight hair. It means that his hair is not. A. short B. long C. blond D. curly Jawaban: D Kata straight artinya lurus. Kata ini berlawanan artinya dengan kata curly yang artinya keriting. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena seorang yang berambut lurus rambutnya juga dapat (A) pendek, (B) panjang, atau (C) pirang. 13. When was Mr. Danu born? A. In B. In C. In D. In Jawaban: B Dalam teks tersebut disebutkan bahwa Pak Danu berusia 50 tahun. Jadi, ia lahir pada tahun 1960 ( = 1960). For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct words to complete the paragraph. Look at the woman on the right. What does she do? She is an (14). She (15) people s eyes. 14. A. optician B. magician C. technician D. pediatrician Jawaban: A Dalam gambar Picture source: August 26, 2009 < sciencemuseum.org.uk--- OPTICIAN.jpg> terlihat wanita yang sebelah kanan sedang memeriksa mata wanita tua dalam gambar. Jadi, ia adalah seorang optician (ahli kacamata). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tukang sulap, (C) artinya teknisi, dan (D) artinya dokter anak. 15. A. examine B. examines C. is examining D. examination. Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan kebiasaan, dengan pola kalimat the simple present tense, dengan subjek orang ketiga tunggal (she). Jadi, kata kerja yang tepat digunakan berbentuk V + -s/-es, yaitu (B) examines. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson is a musician. She is only nineteen years old, but she is a world-famous violinist. When she plays classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 109

117 Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Her mother is Chinese and her father is Thai. She is from Singapore, but she now lives in London with her mother and her English stepfather. She s got cousins, aunts, uncles and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore, China and England. Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page 16. What is the text about? A. A violinist. B. A musician. C. A pianist. D. An artist. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf dua, She is only nineteen years old, but she is a world-famous violinist. yang artinya Ia baru berusia sembilan belas tahun, tetapi ia adalah seorang pemain biola terkenal.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya seorang pemusik (terlalu umum), (C) artinya orang yang ahli bermain piano, dan (D) artinya pekerja seni. 17. Vanessa plays violin. A. badly B. carefully C. classically D. wonderfully Jawaban: D Dalam paragraf dua terdapat kalimat When she plays classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens. yang artinya Ketika ia memainkan biola listriknya di konser-konser biola klasik, dunia mendengarkan.. Klausa the world listens menunjukkan bahwa Vanessa bermain dengan sangat menakjubkan (wonderfully). 18. From the text we know that people. A. in the world are interested in all violinists B. like to listen to Vanessa s playing violin C. are eager to play violin with Vanessa D. play the violin very well in a concert Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua, When she plays classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens. Yang berarti semua orang suka mendengarkan permainan biola Vanessa. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (D) salah karena yang bermain biola dengan bagus dalam suatu konser yang dimaksud dalam teks ini adalah Vanessa, bukan people (orang-orang) , but she now lives in London with her mother and her English stepfather. (Paragraph 3) The word stepfather means a male who s married to. A. one s aunt B. one s sister C. one s mother D. one s daughter Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: C Kata stepfather artinya ayah tiri. Itu berarti seorang laki-laki yang menikah dengan ibu seseorang (one s mother). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 20. Where is Vanessa Mae from? A. China. B. London. C. Thailand. D. Singapore. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat She is from Singapore. yang artinya Ia berasal dari Singapura.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan tempat tinggal saudara-saudaranya, seperti tertulis pada akhir paragraf dua. 110 UNIT 2 Descriptives

118 II. Write a descriptive of the person in the picture based on the following data. Picture source: October 2, 2009 < wordpress.com--- SHIREEN1.jpg> Name : Shireen Sungkar Parents : Mark Sungkar and Fanny Bauty Siblings : Zaskia (elder sister), Yusuf (younger brother) Date of Birth : January 28, 1992 Place of Birth : Jakarta, Indonesia Physical Appearance : Oval face, long and black hair, thick eyebrows Job : Actress, singer Active from : 2006 present Famous for her film : Cinta Fitri Source: October 2, 2009 < Shireen_Sungkar> Contoh jawaban: This person in the picture is Shireen Sungkar. We can see her every day on television. Shireen as she s usually called, is the second child in her family. Her father is Mark Sungkar and her mother is Fanny Bauty, both are also artists. Shireen has an elder sister, Zaskia, and a younger brother, Yusuf. Shireen was born on January 28, 2009 in Jakarta, Indonesia. Talking about her physical appearance, she has an oval face, long and black hair and thick eyebrows. She has been active as an actress since She also works as a singer. Shireen becomes famous because of her film, Cinta Fitri. Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 111

119 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Anna : What are you looking for, Anto? Anto : My black-ink pen. I need it to write a letter. Do you see it? Anna : No, I don t. Well, why don t you just use mine? Anto : I d love to, if you don t mind. Anna : Of course not. Here you are. Anto : Thanks. 1. What does Anna offer Anto? A. To use Anto s blue-ink pen. B. To use Anto s black-ink pen. C. To use her blue-ink pen. D. To use her black-ink pen. 2. Anna says, Here you are. What does it mean? A. She wants to give something. B. She wants to ask for something. C. She wants to ask for facts. D. She wants to tell facts. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Irna : Dad, may I ask for some money? Mr. Haryanto : What for? Irna : Ms. Sandy, one of my teachers, has just got a baby. Our class plan to visit her and share money to buy her baby something. Mr. Haryanto : That s good idea. How much? Irna : Rp20,000, Dad. Mr. Haryanto : O.K. Here it is. Irna : Thanks, Dad. Mr. Haryanto : You re welcome. 3. Who is Ms. Sandy? A. Irna s friend. B. Irna s teacher. C. Irna s mother. D. Irna s principal. 4. Irna says, Dad, may I ask for some money? What does it mean? A. She gives something. B. She gives a fact. C. She asks for something. D. She asks for a fact. 5. What is Irna and her classmates plan? A. To give money to Ms. Sandy. B. To buy a baby doll for Ms. Sandy. C. To give something to Ms. Sandy. D. To look for donations for Ms. Sandy. 6. USE THE HAND DRYER 7. What does the notice above mean? A. We don t have to dry our hands. B. We can t use our hand to dry something. C. We should use the dryer to dry our hands. D. We should use our hand to dry something. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 NO SMOKING We can find such a notice in the following places, except. A. in an office B. in a gas station C. along the street D. in an air conditioned room Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9. The youths in this neighborhood are planning to collect money, clothes and food for the earthquake victims in Padang. If you want to donate, please contact Ms. Amara or Mr. Iwan before the end of this month. Thank you for your attention. 8. What is the purpose of the text? A. To announce something. B. To advertise something. C. To describe something. D. To tell news about something. 9. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The youths in the neighborhood are the planners of the donation. B. The donation can be in the from of clothes, money or food. 112 UNIT 2 Descriptives

120 C. People should donate before the end of the month. D. The donation is for Ms. Amara and Mr. Iwan. For questions 10 to 12, choose the correct words to complete the text. I have a neighbor. His name is Reno. He is a clown. He (10) in a carnival. His job is to (11) people. He makes people laugh. He (12) a very colorful costume. He also wears a colorful wig and he paints his face. He is very funny and kind. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 10. A. studies B. works C. goes D. likes 11. A. take care of B. laugh at C. entertain D. ridicule 12. A. designs B. uses C. takes D. wears Read the jumbled sentences and answer questions 13 to 15. (1) He then gives them a menu. (2) Afterward he takes the food to the customers. (3) He is a waiter. (4) Ernesto takes the order and gives it to the chef. (5) Ernesto Pierce works in a restaurant. (6) His job is to show people to their tables. (7) Customers choose their food from the menu. Sourc: Easy Does It 13. The correct order of the text is. A. (5) (6) (1) (3) (4) (7) (2) B. (5) (3) (6) (1) (7) (4) (2) C. (5) (3) (7) (4) (6) (4) (2) D. (5) (3) (6) (2) (1) (7) (4) 14. Which statement is TRUE according to the text? A. Ernesto works as a chef. B. Ernesto chooses food for the customers. C. The chef receives the order from Ernesto. D. The customers take the food themselves. 15. Ernesto takes the order.... The antonym of the underlined word is. A. sell B. give C. buy D. receive 16. I [have] a sister. Her name is Arnita. She [study] in the same school as I do. We often [go] to school together. The correct words in brackets are. A. have, study, go B. has, studies, go C. have, study, goes D. have, studies, go Read the text and answer questions 17 to 20. Yohannes Christian John or Chris John was born on September 14, 1979 in Banjarnegara, Central Java, Indonesia. He is the current WBA featherweight boxing super champion. John started boxing in his early childhood. Picture source: He was trained by his October 2, 2009 father Johan Tjahjadi, < files.wordpress.com--- a former amateur boxer. chris-john1.tif> Now, his trainer is Craig Christian, who has trained him since John is the third Indonesian to win a boxing world title, following Ellyas Pical and Nico Thomas. Before he turned professional in 1997, John was an amateur boxer since 1995 when he was only 15 years old. People used to know him as The Indonesian Thin Man. In February 2006, he proclaimed his new nick name The Dragon that he uses until today. Sources: October 1, 2009 < < 17. When did John become a professional boxer? A. In B. In C. In D. In PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 113

121 18. How long has Craig Christian trained John? A. For four years. B. For five years. C. For six years. D. For seven years. 19. The following statements are TRUE about Johan Cahyadi, except. A. he is Chris John s father B. he is Chris John s first trainer C. he is a former amateur boxer D. he is the winner of a boxing world title 20. In February 2006, he proclaimed his new nickname The Dragon that.... (Paragraph 3) The underlined word can best replaced by. A. replied B. performed C. declared D. called II. Look at the picture. Describe the person in the picture. You may use the following words: fishmonger accompany my mother loyal customer fresh fish Picture source: October 2, 2009 < AlessandroMontinituna> 114 UNIT 2 Descriptives

122 Jawaban Review Unit 2 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Anto mengatakan, My black-ink pen. yang artinya Pulpen hitam saya., dan Anna menanggapinya dengan berkata, Well, why don t you just use mine? yang artinya Mengapa kamu tidak memakai kepunyaanku?. Karena yang diperlukan Anto adalah pulpen hitam, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Anna menawarkan Anto untuk menggunakan pulpen hitamnya. 2. A. Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Anna adalah Ini dia. Pernyataan ini digunakan untuk memberi sesuatu (to give something). 3. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang dikatakan Irna, yaitu Ms. Sandy, one of my teachers..... Jadi, Ms. Sandy adalah salah seorang guru Irna. 4. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Irna itu artinya Ayah, bolehkah saya minta uang?. Kalimat ini digunakan untuk meminta sesuatu (to ask for something). 5. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat Our class plan... to buy her baby something. yang artinya Kelas kami merencanakan... membeli sesuatu untuk bayinya.. Dengan kata lain, mereka berencana untuk memberi sesuatu kepada Ms. Sandi atas kelahiran putranya. 6. C. Notice tersebut artinya Gunakan pengering tangan.. Dengan kata lain, kita sebaiknya menggunakan pengering itu untuk mengeringkan tangan kita. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 7. C. Arti kalimat itu adalah Dilarang merokok.. Kita dapat menemui notice tersebut (A) yang artinya di kantor, (B) yang artinya di stasiun pengisian bensin, dan (D) yang artinya di ruangan ber-ac. Jadi, tempat kita tidak dapat menemukan notice itu adalah (C) di sepanjang jalan. 8. A. Teks tersebut berbentuk pengumuman, sehingga tujuannya adalah untuk mengumumkan sesuatu. 9. D. Pilihan jawaban ini salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat... to collect money, clothes and food for the earthquake victims in Padang. yang artinya... untuk mengumpulkan uang, pakaian dan makanan untuk korban gempa di Padang., dan kalimat If you want to donate, please contact Ms. Amara or Mr. Iwan.... yang artinya Jika Anda ingin menyumbang, silakan hubungi Amara atau Bapak Iwan.. Jadi, bantuan tersebut untuk korban gempa, sementara Amara dan Bapak Iwan adalah orang-orang yang mengumpulkan bantuan tersebut. 10. B. Kalimat sebelunya menjelaskan kalau Reno adalah seorang badut (clown). Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata kerja yang tepat melengkapi soal adalah works yang artinya bekerja. Jadi, kalimat soal artinya Ia bekerja di pasar malam. 11. C. Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata kerja yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah entertain (menghibur), sehingga kalimat lengkapnya berarti Pekerjaan seorang badut adalah untuk menghibur (entertain) orang.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya merawat, sedangkan (B) dan (D) artinya menertawakan. 12. D. Arti kalimat soal adalah Ia... kostum warna-warni.. Kata yang sesuai untuk costume (kostum yang dikenakan saat bekerja) adalah wears (mengenakan). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya merancang, (B) artinya menggunakan, dan (C) artinya mengambil. 13. B. Teks diawali dengan kalimat perkenalan mengenai Ernesto (5) dan pekerjaannya sebagai pelayan rumah makan (3), tugas yang dikerjakannya, yaitu menunjukkan kepada pelanggan meja mereka (6), memberikan mereka PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 115

123 daftar menu (1), dan pelanggan memilih makanan yang akan mereka pesan dari daftar menu tersebut (7). Ernesto kemudian mengambil pesanan tersebut dan memberikan kepada koki (4), setelah itu, ia menyajikan makanan yang dipesan itu kepada pelanggan (2). 14. C. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Ernesto takes the order and gives it to the chef. yang artinya Ernesto mengambil pesanan dan memberikannya kepada koki.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena ia adalah seorang waiter (pelayan rumah makan), (B) salah karena pelanggan memilih sendiri makanan yang mereka pesan, dan (D) salah karena Ernesto mengambilkan makanan untuk pelanggan. 15. B. Kata take artinya mengambil. Kata ini berlawanan artinya dengan kata give yang artinya memberi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya menjual, (B) artinya membeli, dan (D) artinya menerima. 16. D. Kata have tidak berubah karena subjeknya orang pertama tunggal (I). Kata study seharusnya studies karena subjeknya orang ketiga tunggal (she), dan kata go tetap karena subjeknya adalah kata benda jamak (we). 17. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat Before he turned professional in 1997,.... yang artinya Sebelum ia menjadi petinju profesional pada tahun 1997,..... Jadi, John menjadi petinju profesional pada tahun B. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat Now, his trainer is Craig Christian, who has trained him since yang artinya Sekarang, pelatihya adalah Craig Christian, yang telah melatihnya sejak tahun Jadi, Craig Christian telah melatihnya selama lima tahun ( = 5). 19. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat John is the third Indonesian to win a boxing world title, following Ellyas Pical and Nico Thomas. yang artinya John adalah orang Indonesia ketiga yang memenangkan gelar tinju dunia, mengikuti Ellyas Pical dan Nico Thomas.. Jadi, yang memenangkan gelar tinju dunia adalah Chris John, Ellyas Pical, and Nico Thomas, bukan Johan Cahyadi. 20. C. Kata proclaimed memiliki arti yang sama dengan kata declared, yaitu menyatakan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki makna yang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menjawab/membalas, (B) artinya mementaskan, dan (D) artinya memanggil. B. Esai Contoh jawaban: Alessandro Montituna is a fishmonger. He works hard every day from early in the morning until afternoon. I don t know how he gets the fish he sells, but all the fish are fresh. They smell good. He sells many kinds of fish, from the smallest one until the biggest one, just like what he carries in the picture. I often accompany my mother to buy fish there. My mother is his loyal customer I think. My mother likes to buy fish there because the price is cheap, and Mr. Montituna is friendly to his customers. 116 UNIT 2 Descriptives

124 Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks. Text 1 My sister is a student of grade XI. She is tall enough for a girl, about 165 cm. She is also pretty. She has large eyes and a prominent nose. People often say that she can be a model. However, it seems that she is not interested in the profession. Now she is quite busy, I think. Besides studying, she also browse the Internet every day. She joins a social networking site called Facebook. She has got many friends by joining the cite. Almost 200 I think. She says that having many friends is an advantage. Now she teaches me how to operate it. Thanks God I have got eight friends. Three of them are Rika herself, my father and my mother. Both my father and mother are able to operate facebook because of her also. Oh, I am proud of my sister. Text 2 There is a new teacher in my school. His name is Peter. He is Dutch. He comes from Amsterdam, Holland. Peter is married and has two children. His wife, Jane, is an American. She is from Boston, the United States of America. Her family is still in Boston, but she now works and lives with Peter in Indonesia. They speak English, Dutch, German and Italian! Their children are pupils at a local primary school. The children go to school with other children from all over the world. Flora, their daughter, has friends from France, Switzerland, Austria and Sweden. Hans, their son, goes to school with students from South Africa, Portugal, Spain and Canada. Of course, there are many children from Italy. Imagine, French, Swiss, Austrian, Swedish, South African, American, Italian, Spanish and Canadian children all learning together in Italy! Adapted from: August 5, 2009 < Text 3 I have a new classmate named Dwinda. She uses a wheelchair to get about. Two of my friends and I often help Dwinda. We help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. We help her to the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together. Some people call us the gang of four. You know, Dwinda is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. As a result, our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Dwinda is a very special girl. Although she is handicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact, she is always cheerful. My friends and I learn a lot from her. Source: Primary English Cloze Passages Text 4 My grandfather is quite old. In fact, as he has a pension, he is an old age pensioner, or a senior citizen. My grandfather has bushy eyebrows (he has lots of hair!), a hooked nose and high cheekbones. His eyes are large and set quite far apart. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 117

125 His daughter, my aunt, is 55 and middle-aged. She has three sons. One is a young adult, at 24 years of age, and the other two are both teenagers. They are 16 and 17. My grandfather is fit for his age and takes plenty of exercise. He doesn t want all his muscles to get flabby. Source: August 4, 2009 < Text 5 Let me describe my parents. My father is tall and lean with very little fat. My mother looks like a 1940 s film star. She is curvaceous, with an hour-glass figure. My mother is blonde, also with a fair complexion. I am a red-head with red hair. Like many other people with a pale complexion, I get freckles from the sun small brown dots on my face and arms. In contrast, my father has dark-brown hair and he is quite dark-skinned. My mother has a broad nose, which she hates, as she prefers narrow noses. But she is lucky to have even or regular teeth. My mother s hair is wavy in between straight and curly. It s cut in a bob and she also has a short fringe, where it is cut horizontally across her forehead. My father is losing his hair in fact he is going bald, which makes him very sad. Source: August 4, 2009 < Text 6 Mr. Karta is a potter. He creates pottery on pottery wheels for a wide range of uses. He creates mugs, bowls, dishes, vases as well as pieces of art. After he has created a new piece of pottery, he burns it in a pottery kiln to harden the clay so that it can be used every day. Adapted from: September 18, 2009 < Text 7 I have a neighbor named Mr. Hadi. Mr. Hadi is a postman. He is diligent. He always delivers mails and packages every day. He usually delivers them by riding his motorcycle. He never forgets to wear a safety helmet while riding his motorcycle. He always wears orange uniforms and black shoes in his work. Mr. Hadi never complains in doing his daily work. As a friendly man, he always gives his smile to all people. He never feels tired delivering mails and packages. 118 UNIT 2 Descriptives

126 Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer NO ENTRANCE The sign means. A. we may come in B. we can come in C. we are allowed to come D. we are forbidden to come in Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: D Notice itu artinya Dilarang masuk. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuai dengan maksud peringatan tersebut adalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya kita dilarang masuk. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kita boleh masuk, (B) artinya kita bisa masuk, dan (C) artinya kita diizinkan masuk. Beware of Pickpockets What does the text mean? A. We must make a pocket. B. We must be careful of pickpockets. C. We must have a pocket. D. We must be friendly to pickpockets. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: B Notice itu artinya Waspadalah terhadap Pencopet, yang berarti kita harus selalu berhati-hati terhadap keberadaan pencopet (we must be careful of pickpockets). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kita harus membuat saku, (C) artinya kita harus memiliki saku, dan (D) artinya kita harus bersahabat dengan pencopet. Read the following text and answer questions 3 and 4. To: Ruth I d like to congratulate you on passing your exam. I do hope that you are always successful. Love Joshua 3. Why does Joshua send the card? Because. A. he wants to tell Ruth about his exam B. he wants to congratulate Ruth C. his exam is difficult to do D. he wants to be successful Ujian Nasional 2008/2009 Jawaban: B Alasan Joshua mengirimkan kartu itu kepada Ruth adalah untuk memberi ucapan selamat kepada Ruth (to congratulate Ruth) karena lulus ujian. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat I d like to congratulate you on passing your exam. yang artinya Saya ingin mengucapkan selamat atas keberhasilanmu lulus ujian.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 4. I do hope that you are always successful. The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. wrong B. confident C. diligent D. fail Jawaban: D Kata successful artinya berhasil. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata fail yang artinya gagal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya salah, (B) artinya percaya diri, dan (C) artinya rajin. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 119

127 5. Cindy : Dad, tomorrow is Mother s Day. What are we going to buy for Mommy? Father : Let s go to the optician after school. We can buy her a new Cindy : pair of glasses. That s good. I think she needs new ones. What does the underlined sentence mean? A. Cindy is asking for something. B. Cindy is expressing her opinion. C. Cindy is informing something. D. Cindy is expressing her certainty. Jawaban: B Kalimat yang digaris bawah artinya Saya pikir ibu memang butuh kacamata baru.. Berdasarkan frasa I think, dapat disimpulkan kalau Cindy bermaksud mengungkapkan pendapatnya (expressing her opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan maksud kalimat yang diucapkan oleh Cindy. 6. Aziz : I don t see your old computer. You ve sold it, haven t you? Wira : Yes. Here s the new one.? Aziz : I think it looks great. A. What about yours B. Can you operate it C. What do you think D. Will you buy a similar computer Jawaban: C Berdasarkan kalimat respons yang diucapkan Aziz yang menggunakan I think, dapat disimpulkan kalau ia bermaksud mengungkapkan pendapatnya. Jadi, kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Wira adalah kalimat meminta pendapat, yaitu pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya bagaimana menurutmu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan ungkapan meminta pendapat. 7. Sisca : I d like to watch the Indonesian Idol program. Ranti : So do I. I think it is the most interesting one among the similar programs. Sisca : I agree with you. From the dialog, it can be concluded that. A. Sisca dislikes watching the Indonesian Idol program B. the Indonesian Idol is the most boring program C. both girls like watching the Indonesian Idol program D. Sisca disagrees with Ranti s opinion about the program Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut, Sisca dan Ranti membicarakan tentang acara Indonesian Idol dan ternyata keduanya suka menonton acara tersebut (both girls like watching the Indonesian Idol program). Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Sisca, I d like to watch the Indonesian Idol program. yang artinya Aku ingin menonton acara Indonesian Idol., dan kalimat Ranti, So do I. yang artinya Aku juga.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bertentangan dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Sisca tidak suka menonton acara Indonesian Idol, (B) artinya Indonesian Idol adalah acara yang membosankan (bertentangan dengan kalimat Ranti, I think it is the most interesting one.... yang artinya Saya pikir itu (Indonesian Idol) adalah acara yang paling menarik.... ), dan (D) artinya Sisca tidak setuju dengan pendapat Ranti tentang acara itu (bertentangan dengan kalimat Sisca terakhir yang menyatakan persetujuannya terhadap pendapat Ranti). Read the following text and answer questions 8 to 11. Mr. Darmawan is a financial advisor. He works at a private bank. Meanwhile, his wife is a doctor. She works at Harapan Hospital. Mr. Darmawan usually goes to work at 6 a.m., and arrives home in the evening at 7 p.m. He goes to his office early because he wants to avoid the traffic jams. However, Mrs. Darmawan goes to work at 6:30 a.m. together with her children. She works twentyfour hours a day. She is always ready to help other people. 120 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

128 8. What do Mr. and Mrs. Darmawan do? A. A financial advisor and a doctor. B. A husband and a wife. C. A financial advisor and a nurse. D. A doctor and a financial advisor. Jawaban: A Kalimat soal menanyakan tentang pekerjaan Pak dan Bu Darmawan. Pekerjaan Pak Darmawan adalah seorang penasihat keuangan, sesuai dengan kalimat awal teks Mr. Darmawan is a financial advisor., sedangkan istrinya (Bu Darmawan) adalah seorang dokter, sesuai dengan kalimat Meanwhile, his wife is a doctor.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 9. How many hours does Mr. Darmawan leave the house to work a day? A. Twelve hours. B. Thirteen hours. C. Fourteen hours. D. Fifteen hours. Jawaban: B Pak Darmawan biasanya berangkat kerja pada pukul 6 pagi, dan tiba kembali di rumah pada pukul 7 petang ( Mr. Darmawan usually goes to work at 6 a.m., and arrives home in the evening at 7 p.m. ). Dengan demikian, lama Pak Darmawan meninggalkan rumah untuk bekerja tiap hari adalah 13 jam (thirteen hours). 10. The following statemens are TRUE about Mrs. Darmawan, except. A. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work alone B. Mrs. Darmawan works for 24 hours a day C. Mrs. Darmawan will always be ready to help others D. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work thirty minutes later than her husband does Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang tidak benar tentang Bu Darmawan adalah pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya Bu Darmawan pergi bekerja sendirian. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat However, Mrs. Darmawan goes to work at 6:30 a.m. together with her children.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua terakhir teks, yaitu She works twenty-four hours a day., (C) sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks She is always ready to help other people., dan (D) benar karena Bu Darmawan pergi ke rumah sakit pukul 6.30 dan Pak Darmawan pergi bekerja pukul 6, yang berarti Bu Darmawan berangkat 30 menit lebih siang daripada Pak Darmawan. 11. He works at a private bank. (Sentence 2) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. general B. exclusive C. state D. abroad Jawaban: C Dalam konteks kalimat itu, kata private artinya swasta, sehingga kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata state yang artinya negara. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan lawan kata yang sesuai. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya umum, (B) artinya untuk kalangan tertentu, dan (D) artinya luar negeri. 12. Doni : Tita, what does your sister do? Tita : She is a. Doni : That s an interesting job. I bet she travels a lot. Tita : She does. A. firefighter B. secretary C. flight attendant D. journalist Jawaban: C Kalimat Tita merupakan respons atas pertanyaan Doni yang menanyakan pekerjaan saudara perempuan Tita. Berdasarkan gambar, pekerjaan saudara perempuan Tita adalah seorang pramugari (a flight attendant). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya petugas pemadam kebakaran, (B) artinya sekretaris, dan (D) artinya wartawan. 13. Ari : Dian, do you know what time is it? Dian : Um it s. Ari : O gosh. Dian, I m really sorry, I have to go home now. Dian : Why are you in such a hurry? Ari : Well, I have to pick up my little sister now. Dian : I see. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 121

129 A. fifteen to four B. fifteen past four C. forty to three D. twenty past three Jawaban: D Ari bertanya, Dian, tahukah kamu pukul berapa sekarang?. Berdasarkan gambar jam, waktu menunjukkan pukul 3 lebih 20 menit atau twenty past three. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 14. Mother : Dear, do you know where father is? Wendy : Yeah, he is going to the toilet, Mom. And he asked us to wait for him in the car. Mother : O.K., but where does your father park the car? Wendy : He parks the car the building. Mother : All right then, let s go there. A. in front of B. behind C. next to D. beside Jawaban: A Kalimat soal artinya Ayah memarkir mobil... gedung.. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal berupa preposisi/kata depan. Berdasarkan gambar, mobil tersebut diparkir di depan sebuah gedung, sehingga kata depan yang tepat adalah in front of. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya di belakang, (C) artinya di sebelah, dan (D) artinya di samping. Read the following text and answer questions 15 to 17. I have a friend named Candra. He is very fat because his hobby is eating. He likes all kinds of foods. He eats everything which is served for him. His weight is 95 kilograms. He has a very chubby cheek. He is a funny and friendly person. That is why, his family and friends like him very much. 15. What is the text about? A. Candra s physical appearance. B. The hobby of the writer s friend. C. The family of the writer s friend. D. The description of the writer s friend. Jawaban: D Teks tersebut tentang deskripsi teman penulis (the description of the writer s friend) yang bernama Candra, yang meliputi penampilan fisiknya yang gemuk karena kesukaannya adalah makan, serta karakternya yang lucu dan ramah sehingga keluarga dan temannya menyukainya. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (D) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai pendukung dari gagasan utama teks. 16. The following are TRUE about Candra, except A. he likes eating B. his cheeks are cubby C. no one likes him D. he is not thin Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang salah tentang Candra adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya tidak seorang pun menyukainya. Pilihan jawaban ini bertentangan dengan kalimat terakhir yang menyatakan kalau keluarga dan teman-temannya menyukainya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat... his hobby is eating. yang berarti kalau ia suka makan, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat He has a very chubby cheek. yang menjelaskan kalau pipi Indra tembem, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat He is very fat.... (ia gemuk) yang memiliki arti sama dengan ia tidak kurus. 17. His hobby is eating. The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. concern B. interest C. activity D. priority Jawaban: B Kata hobby artinya kesukaan. Kata ini memiliki persamaan makna dengan kata interest yang artinya ketertarikan atau minat. 122 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

130 Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki makna yang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya perhatian, (C) artinya kegiatan, dan (D) artinya prioritas. Read the following family tree and answer questions 18 to 20. Burhan + Dewi Burhan Irwan + Nia Irwan Martin + Sonia Martin Amelia Arman Yoga 18. Irwan is Yoga s. A. father B. nephew C. uncle D. brother Jawaban: C Berdasarkan silsilah keluarga itu, Yoga adalah anak saudara laki-laki Nia, yaitu Martin, sedangkan Irwan adalah suami Nia. Dengan demikian, hubungan antara Irwan dan Yoga adalah paman dan keponakan. Dengan kata lain, Irwan adalah paman Yoga (Yoga s uncle). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ayah, (B) artinya keponakan laki-laki, dan (D) artinya saudara laki-laki. 19. Yoga and Amelia are. A. brother and sister B. aunt and nephew C. nieces D. cousins Jawaban: D Berdasarkan pohon keluarga itu, Yoga adalah anak Martin, dan Amelia adalah anak Nia, sedangkan Martin dan Nia adalah saudara kandung. Dengan demikian, hubungan antara Yoga dan Amelia adalah sepupu (cousins). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya saudara laki-laki dan saudara perempuan, (B) artinya bibi dan keponakan laki-laki, dan (C) artinya keponakan perempuan. 20. The following statements are TRUE about Nia Irwan, except. A. Nia is Irwan s wife B. Nia is Sonia s cousin 21. C. Nia is Martin s sister D. Nia has two children Jawaban: B Pernyataan yang salah tentang Nia Irwan adalah (B) yang artinya Nia adalah sepupu Sonia. Sonia adalah istri Martin dan Martin adalah saudara kandung Nia, sehingga Nia adalah saudara ipar Sonia (Sonia s sister-in-law). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan silsilah keluarga. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Nia adalah istri Irwan, (C) artinya Nia adalah saudara perempuan Martin, dan (D) artinya Nia memiliki dua anak (Amelia dan Arman). What does the notice mean? A. We should drive more than 80 km/hour. B. We should drive exactly at 80 km/hour. C. We should not drive less than 80 km/ hour. D. We should not drive more than 80 km/ hour. Jawaban: D Notice itu berarti Batas kecepatan 80 km. Hal ini berarti kita tidak boleh mengendarai kendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam (not more than 80 km/hour), sehingga pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (D). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kita seharusnya mengendarai kendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam, (B) artinya kita seharusnya mengendarai kendaraan persis 80 km/jam, dan (C) artinya kita tidak boleh mengendarai kendaraan kurang dari 80 km/jam. 22. Irna : Eka, do you like to read comics? Eka : Yes,. What about you? Irna : Speed Limit 80 KM I guess you don t like them. That is right. I prefer science books than comics. A. I think so B. I don t know C. I don t like it D. I like it a lot Jawaban: D Pada awal percakapan, Irna bertanya kepada Eka apakah ia suka membaca komik. Berdasarkan kata sebelumnya PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 123

131 Yes yang artinya Ya, kalimat Eka berikutnya menyatakan kalau ia memang suka membaca novel. Kalimat yang mengungkapkan kesukaan adalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya saya sangat menyukainya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Read the following dialog and answer questions 23 and 24. Anto : What is your hobby? Rian : My hobby is riding a bicycle. And yours? Anto : I like jogging. When do you ride your bike? Rian : I usually do it on Sundays. Anto : Is it good for us? Rian : Yes, of course. Riding a bicycle can strengthen the heart and lungs. Anto : I see. 23. What is Anto s hobby? A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging. C. Walking. D. Running. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Anto untuk menjawab pertanyaan Rian yang menanyakan hobinya, yaitu I like jogging.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 24. Rian said, I usually do it on Sundays. What does the underlined word refer to? A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging. C. Walking. D. Talking. Jawaban: A Kalimat itu diucapkan Rian untuk merespons pertanyaan Anto sebelumnya, yaitu When do you ride your bike?. Dengan demikian, kata it mengacu pada hal yang disebutkan pada kalimat Anton, yaitu naik sepeda (ride a bike). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Read the following text and answer questions 25 to 29. My Home Bali Bali is an island in the Indonesian archipelago. It is in the south of the equator and has warm weather all the year. The rainy season is November to April, but it can rain anytime. Bali is 120 kilometers wide from east to west and 80 kilometers from north to south, so everyone is quite close to the sea. Bali is shaped like a diamond. Mount Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters high and is visible from far away. Most of the people are Hindus. There are many temples and many religious festivals. Tourism is the most important industry. Many tourists visit Bali to see the beautiful scenery and interesting festivals, to swim in the warm seas, to look at the beautiful mountains and valleys, and to shop for inexpensive and beautiful clothes, paintings and wood crafts. 25. Where is Bali located? A. It is along the equator. B. In the south of equator. C. 120 km east to west. D. Close to many temples and Mount Agung. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf 1, It is in the south of the equator.... (subjek it mengacu pada subjek kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Bali) yang artinya Pulau ini (Bali) terletak di selatan garis khatulistiwa..... Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ada di sepanjang garis khatulistiwa, (C) artinya 120 km dari timur ke barat, dan (D) artinya dekat dengan banyak pura dan Gunung Agung. 26. The last paragraph is about. A. the location of Bali B. the most important industry in Bali C. the most popular things in Bali D. beautiful mountains in Bali Jawaban: B Gagasan utama paragraf terakhir terdapat pada kalimat awal paragraf, yaitu Tourism is the most important industry in Bali. yang artinya Pariwisata adalah industri yang paling penting di Bali.. Gagasan utama ini didukung dengan kalimat Many tourists visit Bali to see the beautiful scenery and interesting festivals, to swim in the warm 124 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

132 seas, to look at the beautiful mountains and valleys, and to shop... wood crafts. yang artinya Banyak wisatawan asing mengunjungi Bali untuk menikmati pemandangan yang indah dan upacaraupacara yang menarik, berenang di laut yang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukit yang indah, dan berbelanja... kerajinan kayu.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa paragraf tersebut tentang industri paling penting di Bali (the most important industry in Bali), yaitu pariwisata. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya letak Bali, (C) artinya yang paling popular di Bali, dan (D) artinya gunung yang indah di Bali. 27. The tourism industry in Bali offers us the following things, except. A. culture and nature B. belief and religion C. handicraft and tradition D. wood crafting and painting Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf dua, yaitu Many tourists visit Bali to see the beautiful scenery and interesting festivals, to swim in the warm seas, to look at the beautiful mountains and valleys, and to shop for inexpensive and beautiful clothes, paintings and wood crafts. yang artinya Banyak wisatawan asing mengunjungi Bali untuk menikmati pemandangan yang indah dan upacaraupacara yang menarik, berenang di laut yang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukit yang indah dan berbelanja pakaian, lukisan, dan kerajinan kayu yang tidak mahal dan indah.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa wisata yang ditawarkan di Bali adalah wisata budaya (culture), wisata alam (nature), wisata adat-istiadat (tradition), wisata hasil karya (handicraft, wood carving, painting). Jadi, yang bukan termasuk industri pariwisata di Bali adalah kepercayaan dan agama (belief and religion), pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. 28. Which one of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. Bali has four seasons. B. Bali is beautiful and interesting. C. Bali is surrounded by the sea. D. Bali is one of the tourist destinations in Indonesia. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks (not true) adalah (A) yang artinya Bali memiliki empat musim. Pernyataan ini tidak benar karena letak Bali di dekat garis khatulistiwa, sehingga Bali memiliki dua musim, yaitu musim hujan (rainy season) dan musim kemarau (dry season). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya Bali indah dan menarik, (C) artinya Bali dikelilingi oleh lautan, dan (D) artinya Bali adalah salah satu tujuan wisata di Indonesia. 29. Mount Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters high and is visible from far away. (Paragraph 1) The underlined word means that something can be. A. heard B. seen C. tasted D. touched Jawaban: B Kata visible artinya dapat dilihat (can be seen). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya didengar, (C) artinya dirasa, dan (D) artinya disentuh. 30. That s very dangerous! The children should not play the street. A. on B. in C. across D. near Jawaban: A Preposisi/kata depan yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal untuk menunjukkan keterangan tempat the street adalah on yang artinya di. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya di dalam, (C) artinya di seberang, dan (D) artinya di dekat. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 125

133 31. Ramli : Did you watch the match last week? Yusran: Yes. Our class team lost the game. Ramli : Why? Yusran: Most of them played. A. quickly B. strongly C. carelessly D. carefully Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 Jawaban: C Karena tim kelas Yusran kalah dalam pertandingan, dapat dipastikan bahwa mereka bermain dengan ceroboh (carelessly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena adverb of manner tersebut memiliki makna positif, yang dapat menyebabkan mereka menang dalam pertandingan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dengan cepat, (B) artinya dengan kuat, dan (D) artinya dengan hati-hati. 32. Look at the picture. It means. A. the road is winding B. the road is slippery C. the car may not enter this street D. there are a lot of winding turns Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: C Tanda lalu lintas tersebut artinya dilarang masuk. Jadi, tanda lalu lintas tersebut menunjukkan bahwa mobil tidak boleh memasuki jalan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya jalan berkelok-kelok, (B) artinya jalan licin, dan (D) artinya ada banyak tikungan. Read the following text and answer questions 33 to 35. Attention please, There will be an English conversation class tomorrow. Please make groups of four. Each group should bring a hat, a rope and an old magazine to play a game. 33. Who do you think delivers the announcement? A. A student. B. A class leader. C. The principal. D. An English teacher. Jawaban: D Berdasarkan frasa kunci an English conversation class yang artinya kelas percakapan bahasa Inggris, dapat disimpulkan kalau yang menyampaikan pengumuman tersebut adalah guru bahasa Inggris (an English teacher). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks teks. 34. What will there be in the English conversation class tomorrow? A. A discussion. B. A game. C. A debate. D. A competition. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, yaitu... to play a game. yang artinya... untuk bermain.. Jadi, pada kelas bahasa Inggris besok akan ada permainan (a game). 35. What should the students do? A. Bring a rope. B. Make groups of three. C. Bring a new magazine. D. Conduct a debate. Jawaban: A Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat Each group should bring a hat, a rope and an old magazine to play a game. yang artinya Tiap kelompok harus membawa sebuah topi, tali, dan sebuah majalah bekas untuk bermain.. Jadi, salah satu barang yang harus dibawa adalah tali. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 36. I spend 5 hours at school. Arriving home from school at one p.m., I have lunch. After that I for an hour. I need it, otherwise I would be sleepy to do my homework in the evening. A. go to bed B. take a nap C. close my eyes D. sleep on the bed Ujian Nasional 2006/ Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

134 Jawaban: B Paragraf tersebut menjelaskan kegiatan penulis sepulang sekolah. Frasa yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya tidur siang. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya yang menjelaskan bahwa penulis perlu melakukan itu (tidur siang) karena kalau tidak ia akan mengantuk saat mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah pada petang hari. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya pergi tidur salah karena frasa ini untuk menunjukkan saat seseorang hendak pergi tidur pada malam hari. Sementara itu, pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks; (C) artinya menutup mata, dan (D) artinya tidur di ranjang. 37. Molly : Look, Mom! These trousers are too tight. Mother: Oh dear, the trousers have turned out to be too small for Molly you. : So, you have to buy new bigger ones. Mother: I think so. The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. small B. big C. loose D. short Ujian Nasional 2005/2006 Jawaban: C Antonim kata tight (sempit) adalah loose (longgar). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kecil, (B) artinya besar, dan (D) artinya pendek. 38. Look at the picture and complete the dialog. Picture source: < sukarya.com> Azizah : Hi, Maridi. How are you? Maridi : Fine. Did you join the study tour to Bali last month? Azizah : Sure. I went to an art center. I met a. Maridi : Did he make many statues? Azizah : Yes. And you know, his work is so amazing. A. sculptor B. painter C. curator D. orator Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: A Kalimat soal bermaksud menyatakan pekerjaan laki-laki yang ditemui Azizah. Berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia dan frasa kunci make many statues yang artinya membuat banyak patung, dapat disimpulkan kalau pekerjaan laki-laki tersebut adalah seorang pematung (a sculptor). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pelukis, (C) artinya kolektor barang-barang antik, dan (D) artinya orang yang pandai berpidato. Read the text and answer questions 39 to 42. Margarita lives at Baliem Valley in Papua Province. Look at her house! It is called honai. The wall is made of wood and the roof is made of sali, a kind of grass. Margarita s skirt is made of sali too. There are two floors inside the honai. The first floor functions as the source of heat. Margarita s father puts some firewood on the floor. It keeps the house warm because the temperature is very cold. It is about 18 Celcius. There isn t any furniture on the first floor. There is only some grass and a ladder. Margarita sleeps on the second floor. She sleeps with her sisters and her mother. She calls her mama. Her father and her brothers do not sleep in the same honai. They sleep in a bigger honai. It is near Margarita s honai. Ujian Nasional 2007/ What is the text about? A. The description of Margarita. B. The description of Margarita s family. C. The description of Papua Province. D. The description of Margarita s house. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 127

135 Jawaban: D Teks tersebut merupakan teks deskriptif yang mendeskripsikan rumah Margarita. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Look at her house! It is called honai. yang didukung dengan kata-kata kunci seperti roof, two floors, furniture. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 40. What is the wall of honai made of? A. Grass. B. Sali. C. Soil. D. Wood. Jawaban: D Dinding rumah honai terbuat dari kayu. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat keempat, yaitu The wall is made of wood.... yang artinya Dinding rumah itu terbuat dari kayu Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. There is a cupboard on the first floor. B. Baliem Valley is situated in Papua Province. C. Margarita sleeps with her sisters and her mother on the second floor. D. Margarita s father puts some firewood on the first floor. Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang salah adalah pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya di lantai satu ada lemari. Pernyataan ini bertentangan dengan kalimat There isn t any furniture on the first floor. There is only some grass and a ladder. yang artinya Di lantai satu tidak ada perabotan. Di sana hanya ada rumput dan sebuah tangga.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat Margarita lives at Baliem Valley in Papua Province., (C) sesuai dengan kalimat Margarita sleeps on the second floor. She sleeps with her sisters and her mother., dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Margarita s father puts some firewood on the floor They sleep in a bigger honai. It is near Margarita s honai. (The second last sentence) What does the underlined word refer to? A. Margarita and her mother. B. Margarita s parents. C. Margarita s father and brother. D. Margarita and her brother. Jawaban: C Kata ganti orang ketiga jamak they mengacu pada orang yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ayah dan saudara laki-laki Margarita pada kalimat Her father and her brothers do not sleep in the same honai.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan orang yang dimaksud. For questions 43 and 44, choose the option which is closest in meaning to the underlined words. The Baduy s community is a (43) unique society. The people live in Banten. We can (44) reach the place via a 10 km village road from Cibungur village in Leuwidamar district. It is a steep road. 43. A. unusual B. very old C. very strange D. underdeveloped Jawaban: A Kata unique dalam konteks kalimat soal artinya unik/tidak seperti biasanya. Kata tersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengan kata unusual yang artinya tidak seperti biasanya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya sangat tua (kuno), (C) artinya sangat aneh, dan (D) artinya terbelakang. 44. A. gain B. achieve C. arrive D. find Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: C Kata reach dalam konteks kalimat soal artinya mencapai/menjangkau. Kata tersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengan kata arrive yang artinya tiba/sampai. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memperoleh, (B) artinya mencapai sesuatu (tujuan), dan (D) artinya menemukan. 128 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

136 For questions 45 and 46, choose the suitable words to complete this passage. Andika is an SMP student. He wears a school (45). The shirt is white and his (46) are blue. He also wears a blue hat on his head. 45. A. uniform B. custom C. dress D. fashion Jawaban: A Kalimat soal Andika is an SMP student. He wears a school.... artinya Andika adalah siswa SMP. Ia memakai... sekolah.. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi konteks kalimat adalah seragam (uniform). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (A) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya adat-istiadat, (C) artinya baju, dan (D) artinya yang berkaitan dengan pakaian. 46. A. shirts B. socks C. shorts D. shoes Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: C Kalimat soal The shirt is white and his... are blue. artinya Kemejanya berwarna putih dan...-nya berwarna biru.. Telah dijelaskan bahwa Andika adalah siswa SMP, sehingga yang berwarna biru adalah celana pendeknya (shorts). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kemeja, (B) artinya kaus kaki, dan (D) artinya sepatu. For questions 47 and 48, rearrange the jumbled words into a good sentence. 47. there is where a way a will there is The correct arrangement of the words to make a sentence is. A B C D Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Jawaban: D Kalimat tersebut adalah sebuah idiom, yaitu Where there is a will, there is a way yang artinya Di mana ada kemauan, di situ pasti ada jalan. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kalimat yang runtut. 48. afternoon the please flowers water this 5 6 A B C D Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: C Urutan kata yang tepat adalah (3) Please (5) water (2) the (4) flowers (6) this (1) afternoon. Kalimat tersebut artinya tolong sirami bunga sore nanti. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kalimat yang logis. For questions 49 and 50, rearrange the sentences below into a good text. 49. (1) Mr. Steven s wife, Rebecca, is from Australia. She has blonde hair. She s beautiful. (2) Bagas has a new neighbor. They just moved from Papua. (3) Mr. and Mrs. Steven have two nice children. They are Willy and Lola. (4) What a happy family! (5) That s the Steven family. Mr. Steven is a soldier. He moves there because of his duty. (6) Willy is six years old, while Lola is eleven years old. A. (1) (5) (3) (2) (6) (4) B. (2) (5) (1) (3) (6) (4) C. (3) (6) (2) (5) (1) (4) D. (6) (4) (2) (5) (1) (3) Jawaban: B Urutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai dari kalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkan tokoh yang akan dideskripsikan, yaitu tetangga baru Bagas yang pindah dari Papua (kalimat nomor 2). Kemudian, kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tentang tetangga baru itu, yaitu keluarga Pak Steven lengkap dengan profesinya dan alasan kepindahan mereka dari Papua PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 129

137 (kalimat nomor 5). Kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tentang istri Pak Steven yang berasal dari Australia lengkap dengan ciri fisiknya (kalimat nomor 1). Setelah itu, kalimat berikutnya yang sesuai adalah kalimat yang menjelaskan anak dari Pak dan Bu Steven (kalimat nomor 3), yang kemudian diikuti keterangan tentang usia kedua anak mereka (kalimat nomor 6). Teks ditutup dengan kalimat yang menyatakan bahwa mereka adalah keluarga yang bahagia (kalimat nomor 4). 50. (1) My grandpa lives in a village. He is really a diligent person. (2) However, he remains strong and healthy because he always keeps his health and stamina. (3) He is happy with his life. In his spare time, sometimes he invites me to fish. (4) Let me introduce my grandfather. His name is Mr. Jaya. (5) We often get many big fish and cook them. (6) My grandpa is tall and thin. He is old enough, about 60 years old. (7) As a farmer, he works hard in the field every day. He never feels bored with his work. A. (2) (1) (7) (4) (6) (3) (5) B. (3) (5) (4) (6) (2) (1) (7) C. (4) (6) (2) (1) (7) (3) (5) D. (4) (6) (3) (5) (2) (1) (7) Jawaban: C Urutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai dari kalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkan tokoh yang akan dideskripsikan (kalimat nomor 4). Kemudian, kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tentang ciri fisik tokoh tersebut (kalimat nomor 6) dan penjelasan bahwa meskipun tokoh itu sudah tua, ia tetap tampak kuat dan sehat (kalimat nomor 2). Kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tempat tinggal dan sifat tokoh itu (kalimat nomor 1), yang diikuti dengan penjelasan tentang sifat itu bahwa ia bekerja keras setiap hari di sawah dan ia tidak pernah merasa bosan dengan pekerjaannya (kalimat nomor 7). Malahan tokoh itu merasa hidupnya bahagia dan pada saat senggang ia sering mengajak penulis pergi memancing (kalimat nomor 3). Kalimat ditutup dengan penjelasan kalau mereka sering mendapat ikan besar, lalu memasaknya (kalimat nomor 5). 130 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

138 Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: ask for and give facts, ask for and give services, ask for clarification, respond interpersonally, deliver procedures using spoken English, create short functional texts (warnings), write procedures, write short functional texts (tips), and use adverbs of time, place and manner. There are many English expressions used in daily conversations. Each of them has its own use. In this unit you will learn some expressions of asking for and giving facts, asking for and giving services, asking for clarification and responding interpersonally. Then, you will study the uses of the expressions in some conversations provided in this unit. At last, there are some exercises to do so you can prove that you understand those expressions well. Furthermore, you will also study one type of text. But first, do you ever read a recipe book or paper folding book? If you do, do you remember how the text is arranged? Does it consist of ingredients/ materials and steps/methods to make/do it? This kind of text is called a procedure. Its purpose is to tell how to do or make something step by step. You will learn more about procedures in this unit. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 131

139 3.1 Expressions Asking for and Giving Facts Read the following dialog. Sinta, who drove you to school this morning? I never see him before. Oh, he is my uncle. He s just come from Denpasar for a holiday. Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. Sinta s friend asks, Sinta, who drove you to school this morning? The sentence is used to ask for a fact about the man who drove her friend to school this morning. Then, Sinta replied, Oh, he is my uncle. which is used to give a fact about the man. Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for and give facts. Asking for Facts I need to know the facts. I d like to know more about it. Tell me more about it. Can you tell me what s going on? How did it happen? How come? What does your brother look like? How is your room like? Where do you live? Giving Facts Fine. The fact is.... O.K. I ll tell you everything I know. Here s the fact/story.... Well, the story is like this.... Let me tell you the fact.... The truth is.... He is tall and handsome. It is not too big, but comfortable. I live at Jalan Semar number UNIT 3 Procedures

140 Asking for and Giving Services Read the following dialog. Dion, can you help me dry the car, please? My pleasure, Dad. Thank you, son. You re welcome. In the dialog above, the man asks his son to help him dry the car by saying, Dion, can you help me dry the car, please? His son replies, My pleasure, Dad. It means that the boy gives the service that his father has asked for. Here are some other expressions to ask for and give services. Asking for Services Would you pass me that (pen), please? Would you like to help? Could you...? Can you...? Is it possible that you help me...? Will you help me...? Pass me (the pencil), please. Please help me lift the table. Giving Services Sure. Here you are. Yes, let me handle it for you. No, problem. Sure, I can. It is not a big deal. Right away. O.K. Here it is. Oh, certainly. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 133

141 Asking for Clarification Read the following dialog. I heard that you have won a writing contest. Is that right? That s right. The sentence Is that right? is used to ask for clarification. That s right. is the response. Here are some other expressions to ask for clarification and their proper responses. Asking for Clarification Did you break my vase? Is it the book you re looking for? I heard that you lost your key. Is it true? Did you play badminton an hour ago? No, I didn t. You re right. Yeah. Responding No, I didn t. I ve just played football. Responding Interpersonally Read the following dialog. You know what! I will move to Medan next month. Really? I will miss you, then. I will miss you too. The girl says, I will move to Medan next month. Her friend responds to the news by saying, Really? I will miss you, then. The response is an expression of responding to a statement interpersonally. 134 UNIT 3 Procedures

142 Here are some other expressions of responding interpersonally. Questions/Statements Are you going to Nia s house after school? Can you pick me up at seven o clock? This novel is very interesting. Mr. Jaya will move out to Surabaya next week. I couldn t sleep well last night. I will go to Denpasar to visit my uncle this holiday. I can play drums and keyboards. This soup is salty. These shoes aren t expensive. Responding Interpersonally Yeah./Yup./Hmm. Absolutely! Is it? Really? Couldn t you? Will you? Can you? That s very nice. Is it? Is that so? Answer the following questions. 1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 2? Jawaban: Asking for and giving something. 2. Suppose you feel thirsty after joining a PE class. Luckily, one of your friends brings a bottle of orange juice. You want to ask some. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I would say, May I ask some of your juice, please? 3. Suppose your friend wants to borrow your homework because he/she hasn t done it. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I would say, Sorry, I can t. You should do it yourself. A. Listen and repeat after your teacher. 1. Ryan : Did you hear that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah? Deasy : You re kidding! How? Tell me the story. Ryan : Here s the story. Last month she bought a microwave in Friends Supermarket and got some coupons. Yesterday a letter came and told that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah. Deasy : Wow, what a nice surprise! Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 2. Mrs. Hendra : Deni, do me a favor, please. Deni : Yes, Mom. What is it? Mrs. Hendra : Will you lift that desk and put it here? Deni : Sure. What are you doing anyway, Mom? Mrs. Hendra : I m trying to rearrange the furniture. I think it will give the room a new, fresh look. Deni : You re right, Mom. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 135

143 3. Mr. Ridwan has a new mobile phone. He shows Tio the mobile phone. Mr. Ridwan : What do you think of my new mobile phone? Tio : I think it s very nice. Is it a 3G mobile phone, Dad? Mr. Ridwan : Yes. Tio : Cool! Is it easy to operate it? Mr. Ridwan : It is. Have a try. Tio : Really? Thanks, Dad. 4. Father : Where is your mother, dear? Delia : She s in the backyard, Dad. Father : Is she? What s she doing there? Delia : She s watering the flowers. Shall I call her? Father : No need, thanks. Variasi: A. Find the meaning of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. kidding = bercanda 2. lottery = undian 3. billion = milyar 4. surprise = kejutan 5. matter = masalah 6. chili = cabe 7. curry = kari 8. to operate = mengoperasikan 9. backyard = halaman belakang 10. to water = menyirami B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs above. 1. For dialog 1. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about Rara who got 1 billion Rupiah. 2. How did Rara get the prize? Jawaban: She got some coupons after buying a microwave in Friends Supermarket. 3. For dialog 2. What does mother ask Deni to do? Jawaban: She asks him to lift the desk. 4. What is Deni s mother doing? Jawaban: She is rearranging the furniture. 5. For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Father and his son. 6. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about a new mobile phone. 7. Who has the thing? Jawaban: Mr. Ridwan (Tio s father) does. 8. For dialog 4. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: At Delia s house. 9. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Father and his daughter. 10. What does Delia s father say to ask for clarification about her mother? Jawaban: He says, What s she doing there? 136 UNIT 3 Procedures

144 B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Rani : Hi, Nina. (1) Is your sister at home? Nina : Hi. (2) No, she isn t. Rina : Where is she? Nina : Hmm... (3) she s going to the market. Rani : When did she go? Nina : (4) About an hour ago. I think, she ll be home soon. Rani : (5) O.K., I ll wait for her then. Nina : Please do. I ll get you some drink. Rani : Thank you. Dialog 2 Adi : Enjoying the beauty of the temple, Sir? Tourist : Yes. (1) It is very fantastic. Adi : Um... (2) it s a hot day, isn t it? Tourist : Yup! But (3) I like it very much. I can t meet this in my country. Adi : Well, (4) enjoy your trip, Sir. Tourist : (5) Thanks. Dialog 3 Mother is leaving and asks Diana for a favor. Mother : (1) Could you help me, Diana? Diana : Sure, Mom. (2) What is it? Mother : Could you pick me up at Aunt Ida s house this afternoon? Diana : Of course. What time? Mother : (3) At 3 p.m. Is it O.K.? Diana : Yes, sure. Mother : Thanks. Oh, by the way, (4) clean up the kitchen, please. Diana : O.K. Anything else, Mom? Mother : (5) No, that s all. Thanks, dear. Well, I have to go now. Goodbye. Diana : Bye, Mom. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard. Sebelum pertemuan ini, guru sebaiknya memperbanyak percakapan-percakapan rumpang di bawah ini. Selanjutnya, guru membacakan kedua percakapan yang lengkap. Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa: Dialog 1 Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office. Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) now. Amanda : Right away, Sir. Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari. Amanda : (2). Is there anything else, Sir? PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 137

145 Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3). Amanda : (4). Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda. Amanda : (5). Dialog 2 Teacher : O.K., students. Now, (1) on my desk. Students : Yes, Sir. Teacher : Seno, what are you doing? (2)? Seno : I m still looking for it, Sir? Teacher : Ari, I am waiting. Seno : (3). I can t find it in my bag. Teacher : Really? Or you didn t do your homework. Seno : No, Sir, (4) my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag. Teacher : All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is (5). Seno : Thank you, Sir. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office. Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) come to my office now. Amanda : Right away, Sir. Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari. Amanda : (2) Certainly. Is there anything else, Sir? Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) a cup of coffee, please. Amanda : (4) Sure. Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda. Amanda : (5) You re welcome. Dialog 2 Teacher : O.K., students. Now, (1) collect your homework on my desk. Students : Yes, Sir. Teacher : Seno, what are you doing? (2) Where is your homework? Seno : I m still looking for it, Sir? Teacher : Seno, I am waiting. Seno : (3) I m sorry, Sir. I can t find it in my bag. Teacher : Really? Or you didn t do your homework. Seno : No, Sir, (4) I really did my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag. Teacher : All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is (5) already on my desk. Seno : Thank you, Sir. B. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task A. 1. For dialog 1, Amanda is Mr. Reynold s. 2. Mr. Reynold asks Amanda to. 3. Mr. Reynold wants to have to drink. 4. The will deliver Mr. Reynold s order. 5. For dialog 2, the dialog takes place in. 6. The teacher asks the students to. 138 UNIT 3 Procedures

146 7. Seno cannot find his homework because he may. 8. The teacher tells Seno to submit his homework on the teacher s desk. Jawaban: 1. secretary 2. send the proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari 3. a cup of coffee 4. office boy 5. a classroom 6. collect their homework on his desk 7. forget to put it in his bag 8. tomorrow morning C. Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. market = pasar 2. beauty = keindahan 3. fantastic = menakjubkan 4. trip = perjalanan 5. to enjoy = menikmati 6. favor = bantuan 7. to pick up = menjemput 8. to clean up = membersihkan 9. aunt = tante/bibi 10. kitchen = dapur Variasi: Complete the following sentences with the words in Task C. 1. Can I ask you a to lift the table? 2. The students will their study tour to Bali. 3. Mother asks me to my sister from her friend s house. 4. Once a week mother goes to the to shop our daily needs. 5. Next holiday I have a plan to visit my who lives in Bandung. 6. You can enjoy the of the sunrise from the top of Mount Bromo. 7. Every Sunday morning I help mother cook our breakfast in the. 8. The to Tawangmangu becomes an unforgettable experience for me. 9. I really enjoyed the music concerst last night. The lighting system was. 10. On weekends, I always my room and rearrange the things to avoid boredom. Jawaban: 1. favor 2. enjoy 3. pick up 4. market 5. aunt 6. beauty 7. kitchen 8. trip 9. fantastic 10. clean up D. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs in Task B? Correct the false ones. 1. For dialog 1. Rani is a friend of Nina s sister. 2. Nina s sister is shopping in the market. 3. Nina guesses that her sister will be long in the market. 4. Rani has no time to wait for Nina s sister. 5. For dialog 2. The tourist is visiting a temple. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 139

147 6. The tourist thinks that the place is magnificent. 7. The tourist dislikes the weather here. 8. For dialog 3. Diana s mother will visit Aunt Ida. 9. Diana will pick up her mother in the morning. 10. Diana refuse to clean up the kitchen. Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F (Nina guesses that her sister will come home soon. It means that she won t be long in the market.) 4. F (Rani will wait for Nina s sister. It means that she has time to wait for her.) 5. T 6. T 7. F (He likes the weather because he can t meet this in his country.) 8. T 9. F (Diana will pick her mother up at 3 p.m. or three in the afternoon.) 10. F (She agrees to clean up the kitchen by saying, O.K. ) Variasi: A. Complete the following dialogs with the proper expressions from the boxes. Dialog 1 a. Thank you b. your house is really nice c. Please come in d. You re right e. Is it difficult to find my house Rudi : Good evening, Rita. Rita : Oh, you, Rudi. Good evening. (1). Rudi : Thank you. Rita : (2)? Rudi : Not really. You have given me a clear map and description of the house. Rita : (3). My house is the only one that has a mango tree. Rudi : By the way, (4). Rita : (5). Dialog 2 a. Here is the trophy b. I have got the first winner c. Congratulations d. Are you kidding e. It s great Namira : Nanda : Namira : Nanda : Namira : Nanda : Namira : Hey, look! (1) in an English speech contest! (2)? No, I am not. (3). Wow! (4)! How could you get it? Well, I have practiced a lot. You are very lucky. (5), then! Thank you. 140 UNIT 3 Procedures

148 Jawaban: Dialog 1 1. c 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. a Dialog 2 1. b 2. d 3. a 4. e 5. c B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A? Correct the false ones. Dialog 1 1. The dialog takes place at Rudi s house. 2. It is difficult for Rudi to find Rita s house. 3. Rita gives Rudi a clear map and description of her house. 4. Every house in Rita s surrounding has a mango tree. 5. Rudi thinks that Rita s house is really nice. Jawaban: 1. F (The dialog takes place at Rita s house.) 2. F (It is easy for Rudi to find Rita s house.) 3. T 4. F (Rita s house is the only one that has a mango tree.) 5. T Dialog 2 1. Namira is giving news that she won in an English speech contest. 2. Since the beginning, Nanda is certain about the news. 3. Namira receives a trophy as the winner. 4. Namira can be the winner for she have practiced a lot. 5. Namira congratulates Nanda for her achievement. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (At the beginning, Nanda is doubtful about the news by saying, Are you kidding? ) 3. T 4. T 5. F (It is Nanda who congratulates Namira for her achievement.) E. Read the following dialogs. Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions. Dialog 1 Eka is looking for Ari, one of his schoolmates. However, he can t find him. Then, he meets a girl in front of Ari s classroom. Eka : Excuse me. Have you seen, Ari? Siwi : Ari? Sorry, I don t know him. What does he look like? Eka : He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face. Siwi : Does he wear glasses? Eka : Yeah. Siwi : It seems that he is in the library. I saw him going there. Eka : O.K. Thanks. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 141

149 Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Where does the dialog happen? 2. Who is Ari? 3. What does Ari look like? 4. Are Siwi and Ari classmates? How do you know? 5. According to Siwi, where is Ari actually? Jawaban: 1. At school. 2. He is one of Eka s schoolmates. 3. He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face. He also wears glasses. 4. No, they aren t. From Siwi s sentence, Ari? Sorry, I don t know him., it means that they are not classmates since Siwi doesn t know Ari. 5. He is in the library. Dialog 2 Mrs. Anggit is in the living room when Soni wants to go out. He looks in a hurry. Mrs. Anggit : Where are you going in such a hurry, my boy? Soni : I m going to the cinema to see the latest Brad Pitt s film, Mom. Mrs. Anggit : Is it good? Soni : It is, Mom. Today is the last day. Mrs. Anggit : Is that true? Soni : Yup! See you. Mrs. Anggit : See you. Don t come home late. And take care. Soni : Sure, Mom. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in the dialog? 2. Where do you think the dialog takes place? 3. Where are Soni going? 4. What is Soni doing in that place? 5. What does Mrs. Anggit ask Soni? Jawaban: 1. Mother and her son. 2. At Mrs. Anggit s house. 3. He is going to the cinema. 4. He is going to see the latest Brad Pitt s film. 5. She asks him not to come home late and take care of himself. 142 UNIT 3 Procedures

150 Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the following words. You will find them in the dialogs in Task B. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. cute = lucu menggemaskan 2. attention = perhatian 3. to offer = menawari 4. heavy = berat 5. bookshelf = rak buku 6. to bring = membawa 7. to pay (attention) = menaruh (perhatian) 8. uncle = paman B. Read the following dialogs. Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions. Dialog 1 Sari : You know what! My uncle has a new baby! Dewi : Really? Is it a boy or a girl? Sari : A girl. Dewi : Is she pretty? Sari : Absolutely! She is pretty and very cute. Dewi : Your uncle must be very happy. Sari : Of course. He and his wife pay much attention to their baby. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What are the girls talking about? 2. How does the baby look? 3. What do Sari s uncle and his wife do to their baby? 4. Sari said She is pretty and very cute. What does the word she refer to? Jawaban: 1. About Sari s uncle s baby. 2. She is pretty and very cute. 3. They pay much attention to their baby. 4. It refers to Sari s uncle s baby. Dialog 2 Mrs. Rendra is bringing some books. Ririn, her daughter, sees her. She, then, offers her help. Ririn : It must be too heavy. Let me help you, Mom. Mrs. Rendra : Thanks. Ririn : Where should I put these books? Mrs. Rendra : In our new bookshelf. Thank you. Ririn : Is there anything else I can help? Mrs. Rendra : Well, can you get me a glass of water, dear. I m so thirsty. Ririn : Certainly, Mom. Please wait. Mrs. Rendra : O.K. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in the dialog? 2. What does Ririn offer? 3. What else does Mrs. Rendra ask Ririn? 4. Does Ririn fulfil her mother s request? How do you know? PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 143

151 Jawaban: 1. Mother and her daughter. 2. She offers help to bring some of the books. 3. She asks Ririn to get her a glass of water. 4. Yes, she does. From Ririn s sentence, Certainly, Mom. F. Listen to your teacher. Write down the expressions you have heard on a sheet of paper. In turns, use the expressions in short conversations with your friend. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Can you do me a favor? 2. I d like a glass of iced tea, please. 3. Can you help me cut this paper? 4. Yes, let me handle it, for you. 5. Will you help me paint the wall? 6. Please pass me the cardboard. 7. There will a night fair in the city! 8. You won the contest? Is it confirmed? 9. What does your new biology teacher look like? 10. We will go home earlier because of the teachers meeting! Example: You will hear : I d like a glass of iced tea, please. The conversation : Student A : It s very hot today! Can I get you something? Student B : I d like a glass of iced tea, please. Student A : O.K. Please wait. G. Listen to the dialogs. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 1 to 3. Eka : Good morning, Sir. Man : Good morning. Eka : Excuse me. Are you a new teacher, Sir? Man : Yes, I am. I replace Mr. Sudirman who has been retired. 1. Who are talking in the dialog? A. A student and his friend. B. A father and his son. C. A student and a teacher. D. A principal and a student. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan anak lelaki (Eka), Excuse me. Are you a new teacher, Sir? dan juga jawaban laki-laki dewasa, Yes, I am.. 2. Eka said, Excuse me. Are you a new teacher, Sir? What does it mean? A. He is asking for an opinion. B. He is asking for a fact. C. He is telling a fact. D. He is giving an opinion. Jawaban: B Kalimat itu berarti Maaf. Apakah Anda guru baru di sini?. Kalimat ini menanyakan fakta (asking for a fact). 3. Who has been retired? A. Mr. Suhardi. B. Mr. Sudirman. C. Eka. D. The teacher who speaks with Eka. 144 UNIT 3 Procedures

152 Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan guru mengatakan, I replace Mr. Sudirman who has been retired. yang artinya Saya menggantikan Pak Sudirman yang pensiun.. Jadi, yang sudah pensiun adalah Pak Sudirman. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 4 to 6. Ria : Do me a favor, please. Putri : Yes? Ria : Pass me the ketchup. Putri : Sure, here you re. Ria : Thanks. Putri : Anything else? Ria : The pepper, please. Putri : Here it is. 4. What are the speakers probably doing? A. Cooking. B. Chating. C. Arguing. D. Discussing. Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kata-kata kunci, seperti ketchup dan pepper, kegiatan yang sesuai sedang dilakukan kedua pembicara adalah memasak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak ada kaitannya dengan kecap dan lada. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya berbincang-bincang, (C) artinya berdebat, dan (D) artinya berdiskusi. 5. Ria says, Do me a favor, please. What does it mean? A. She is asking for a fact. B. She is asking for an opinion. C. She is telling a fact. D. She is asking for something. Jawaban: D Kalimat yang diucapkan Ria artinya Tolong, bantu saya.. Jadi, maksud kalimat itu adalah untuk meminta sesuatu (asking for something). Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 7 to 10. Dawiya : Hi, Sinta! What are you doing here? Sinta : Hi, Dawiya! Well, I am waiting for my sister. She comes from Yogyakarta. What about you? Dawiya : Well, I am waiting for the train to Surabaya. Sinta : What time does the train come? Dawiya : Based on the schedule, it arrives at 8:10 a.m. Look! That s my train! Sinta : Yes, it is. Let me help you bring Dawiya : your suitcase. No, thanks. I can manage myself. O.K., I have to go now. See you soon, Sinta. Sinta : See you. Take care. Dawiya : Thanks. 6. Where does the dialog take place? A. At the bus station. B. At the railway station. C. In an airport. D. In a taxi pool. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata train yang artinya kereta api dan kalimat Look! That s my train! yang artinya Lihat! Itu kereta saya!. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi di stasiun kereta api. 7. Where is Dawiya going to? A. Yogyakarta. B. Surakarta. C. Jakarta. D. Surabaya. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Dawiya, Well, I am waiting for the train to Surabaya. yang artinya Saya sedang menunggu kereta ke Surabaya., sehingga she mengacu kepada Dawiya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 8. When do the speakers meet? A. In the evening. B. In the afternoon. C. In the morning. D. At night. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Dawiya yang mengatakan bahwa ia sedang menunggu kereta ke Surabaya yang akan tiba pukul 8.10 pagi (8:10 a.m.). Itu artinya Dawiya dan Sinta bertemu pada pagi hari. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya pada pagi hari benar. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 145

153 A. Listen and repeat after your teacher. Dialog 1 Ira : Farid, what are you looking at? Farid : Look! Aren t they the photos of the last year Independence Day s celebration in our school? Ira : Yes, they are. So? Farid : Aren t they the students of Grade VIIIB? Ira : Yes, they are. This is Ririn, Ina, Anton.... Farid : I think they look different now.... They look more mature. Ira : You re right. Moreover, they didn t wear uniforms. Farid : I agree. Dialog 2 Vika : Dad, could you help me? Mr. Anjar : Sure, sweety. What is it? Vika : I want to send a document, but I don t know how to use the fax machine. Mr. Anjar : All right, let me show you. First, put the document you want to send here, and then dial the receiver number. Vika : O.K. Then? Mr. Anjar : Just push the start button. Vika : Hmm. It s easy. Thank you, Dad. Mr. Anjar : My pleasure, sweety. Dialog 3 Mother : Dear, you haven t watered the flowers, have you? Chyntia : O gosh, I m sorry, Mom. I forgot. Mother : I think you have forgotten to water them for some days. Look, some of them become wilt now. Chyntia : Sorry, Mom. I didn t mean it. I really forgot to do that. Mother : Recently, you are always busy watching television every afternoon, so you forget your duties. Chyntia : I know, but I promise it won t happen again. Mother : I hope you can keep your promise. Chyntia : I will. O.K., I ll water the flowers now. Variasi: Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the dialogs above. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. childish >< mature 2. to put off >< to wear 3. to hide >< to show 4. to receive >< to send 5. difficult >< easy 6. fresh >< wilt 7. to remember >< to forget 8. spare >< busy 9. later >< now 10. to break (promise) >< to keep (promise) 146 UNIT 3 Procedures

154 B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Dialog 1 1. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: About the photos of the last year Independence Day s celebration in their school. 2. Whom do they see? Jawaban: The students of Grade VIIIB. 3. What does Farid think about them? Jawaban: They look different and more mature now. 4. Does Ira agree with him? Jawaban: Yes, she does of the last year Independence Day s celebration in our school? What is the word celebration in Indonesian? Jawaban: It is perayaan. Dialog 2 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: How to send a document using a fax machine. 2. Who are involved in the dialog? Jawaban: Father and daughter. 3. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: At Mr. Anjar s or Vika s house. 4. What should Vika do to send the document? Jawaban: She puts the document she wants to send in the machine, then dials the receiver number, and finally pushes the start button. 5. Vika says, Dad, could you help me? What does it mean? Jawaban: She is asking for help. Dialog 3 1. What is the relationship between the speakers? Jawaban: Mother and daughter. 2. Mother said, Dear, you haven t watered the flowers, have you? What does it mean? Jawaban: She is asking for clarification. 3. What happens to the flowers? Jawaban: Some of them become wilt. 4. Why are the flowers wilt? Jawaban: Chyntia has forgotten to water them for some days. 5. What makes Chyntia forget her task? Jawaban: Recently, she is always busy watching television every afternoon. Variasi: Listen and repeat after the teacher. Answer the questions that follow. Dialog 1 Johan : Excuse me, Sir. I want to go to Prambanan Temple, but I don t know the way to go there. Can you show me? Mr. Danang : Sure. You can take a pedicab, or you can go there on foot. It is not far from here. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 147

155 Johan : Really? How far is it from this hotel? Mr. Danang : Not more than a kilometer. You can follow this road, go straight to the west. There you will see the entrance gate. Then, you can get the ticket in the ticket box near the entrance. Johan : Thank you for your help. Mr. Danang : You re welcome. Questions: 1. Where do you think the dialog happens? Jawaban: In a hotel. 2. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: About the way to reach Prambanan Temple from the hotel. 3. How can Johan reach the place? Jawaban: He can take a pedicab, or go there on foot. 4. How far is the place from the hotel? Jawaban: Not more than a kilometer. 5. Where is the ticket box situated? Jawaban: Near the entrance gate of the temple. Dialog 2 Mr. Chandra : Rian, get me a screwdriver, please. Rian : Here it is, Dad. What else? Mr. Chandra : Cutter, please. Rian : Um... I don t have a cutter. Do you have it, Dad? Mr. Chandra : Yes. It is in my toolbox. Rian : Where is the toolbox? Mr. Chandra : It is under the cupboard. Rian : O.K. I will take it. Mr. Chandra : Thanks. Questions: 1. Where do you think the dialog happens? Jawaban: In a garage. 2. What do you think they are going to do? Contoh jawaban: They are going to fix or repair something. 3. What does Mr. Chandra need? Jawaban: He needs a screwdriver and a cutter. 4. Where does Mr. Chandra keep the cutter? Jawaban: In his toolbox. 5. Where can Rian find the box? Jawaban: Under the cupboard. C. Complete each dialog with the correct expressions from the box. Then, perform it with a friend. Dialog 1 a. What s her name b. That s right c. Where does she live d. I think she is smart and friendly e. I have a new friend 148 UNIT 3 Procedures

156 Ayu : Mom, (1). She lives around here. Mrs. Setiawan : Does she? (2)? Ayu : Only one block from here. Mrs. Setiawan : (3)? Ayu : Adinda. Mrs. Setiawan : Adinda? Um... is she Mrs. Roy s daughter? Ayu : (4). Mrs. Setiawan : What do you think of her? Ayu : (5). Jawaban: 1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d Dialog 2 a. My sister saw you in the mall b. She just saw you in distance c. Maybe you re right d. No, it s not true e. But she believes that it was you Sheila and Firman are talking in the canteen. Sheila : Firman, I heard that yesterday you did a window shopping with a girl. Is it right? Firman : What? (1). I stayed at home all day. Who said that? Sheila : Don t tell me a lie. (2). Firman : Maybe your sister is wrong. I didn t go to the mall yesterday. Sheila : (3). Firman : Suppose he was me, why didn t she greet me? Sheila : (4). Firman : Perhaps that boy just looks like me. So, your sister thought that he was me. Sheila : (5). Well, just forget it. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c D. Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task C. Dialog 1 1. The dialog happens between and. 2. The speakers are talking about. 3. Ayu s new friend lives from her house. 4. Mrs. Setiawan knows Ayu s new friend because she is. 5. Ayu thinks that her new friend is. Dialog 2 1. Sheila heard that Firman went to with yesterday. 2. Sheila got the news from. 3. Firman denied that he did window shopping because. 4. According to Sheila s sister, she saw Firman, so she didn t greet him. 5. Firman argues that perhaps the boy. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 149

157 Jawaban: Dialog 1 1. mother; daughter 2. Adinda, Ayu s new friend 3. one block 4. Mrs. Roy s daughter 5. smart and friendly Dialog 2 1. a mall; a girl 2. her sister 3. he stayed at home all the day 4. in distance 5. looks like him Variasi: Complete each dialog below with the correct expressions from the box. Dialog 1 a. All right b. can you help me, please c. Which dictionary do you need d. Certainly e. Where is your dictionary Rina and Ayu are doing their group assignment during the break. Rina puts her bag beside Ayu. Rina : Ayu, (1)? Ayu : (2). What can I do for you? Rina : Take me a dictionary, please. Ayu : (3)? Rina : It s in my bag. Ayu : (4)? I mean... there are two dictionaries in your bag. The English-Indonesian or Indonesian-English dictionary? Rina : The English-Indonesian dictionary, please. Ayu : (5). Jawaban: 1. b 2. d 3. e 4. c 5. a Dialog 2 a. Do you b. So we are neighbors c. May I know your name d. Where do you live e. Nice name Bagas is at the bus stop. There is a girl standing beside him. Bagas : Hi, I m Bagas. (1)? Jasmine : Hi, Bagas. Sure, I m Jasmine. Bagas : (2). Where are you off to? Jasmine : Er... going home. And you? Bagas : Me to. (3)? Jasmine : On Jalan Semar. Bagas : Jalan Semar? I live at Jalan Semar number 47. Jasmine : (4)? I live at Jalan Semar number 25. Bagas : (5). Small world, isn t it? Jasmine : Yeah. Jawaban: 1. c 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. b 150 UNIT 3 Procedures

158 B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. For dialog 1. The dialog takes place in a classroom. 2. Rina asks for Ayu s favor to take her bag. 3. Ayu brings two dictionaries in her bag. 4. Rina needs an Indonesian-English dictionary. 5. For dialog 2. Bagas and Jasmine have not known each other before. 6. The speakers are waiting for a bus. 7. Both of the speakers are going to school. 8. The speaker s houses are situated on the same street. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (Rina asks for Ayu s favor to take her dictionary.) 3. F (It is Rina who brings two dictionaries, not Ayu.) 4. F (Rina needs an English-Indonesian dictionary.) 5. T 6. T 7. F (They are going home.) 8. T E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs. Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Listy is in the bus stop. She s looking for her purse. Listy : Are you sure, Sir? A man : It s all right. I understand. Listy : I m sorry, then, for bothering you. A man : Yes. What is it? Listy : Excuse me, Sir. I would like to ask you something. A man : Sorry, I didn t see any purse here Listy : Hmm, did you see my purse around here? It s green. A man : Definitely. Dialog 2 At the break.... Sonia : Yes, it s true. Tika : Medan? That is so far away. Sonia : I will miss you too. Tika : Sonia, Adita told me that you will move to another town. Is it true? Sonia : To Medan. Tika : I will miss you then. Sonia : Well, my father has got a new position. He has to manage a new branch office in Medan. Tika : Where will you move then? PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 151

159 F. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task E? Correct the false ones. Dialog 1 1. Listy is losing her purse. 2. Listy s purse is yellow. 3. The man didn t see any purse at the bus stop. 4. Listy apologizes for bothering the man. 5. Finally, Listy can get her purse back. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (Listy s purse is green.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (Listy cannot find her purse. It means she doesn t get her purse back.) Dialog 2 1. Sonia herself tells Tika about her movement to Medan. 2. Sonia has to move to Medan because her father has got a new position. 3. Sonia s father s company has just opened a new branch office in Medan. 4. Medan is situated not far from the girls town. 5. Both of the girls will miss each other. Jawaban: 1. F (Aditya tells Tika about Sonia s movement to Medan, not Sonia herself.) 2. T 3. T 4. F (Based on Tika s sentence saying Medan? That is so far away., it can be concluded that Medan is situated far from the girls town.) 5. T Variasi: Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswa menyalinnya di buku masing-masing. A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs. Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog Tirta : Well, I want to borrow these books. Ms. Dina : Good! Listen, you should return the books next week. Tirta : Good morning, Miss. Ms. Dina : O.K. May I see your member card, please? Tirta : All right, Miss. Thank you. Ms. Dina : Good morning. What can I do for you? Tirta : Sure. Here you are. 152 UNIT 3 Procedures

160 Dialog Ida : Thanks. Hmm... is this your mother? Andi : She is a tour guide. She takes people on tours here in Bandung. Ida : She is a doctor. She works in Mitra Sehat Hospital. Andi : Sure. Just open it. Ida : I think so. Andi : No, she s my aunt. My mother is next to her. Ida : That sounds great! I think a tour guide is an interesting job. Andi : Really? My sister is a nurse there. They must know each other. Ida : I see. What does your mother do? Andi : Yes, it s an interesting job. My mother loves it. What about your mother? Ida : Andi, may I see this photo album? Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Dialog 1 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: About borrowing books. 2. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: In a school library. 3. Who are involved in the dialog? Jawaban: A student and a librarian. 4. Tirta wants to borrow a book. What should he have? Jawaban: He should have a member card. 5. How long can Tirta borrow the books? Jawaban: For a week. Dialog 2 1. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about their mothers professions. 2. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: In Andi s house. 3. What does Andi s mother do? Jawaban: She is a tour guide. 4. What is her duty? Jawaban: She takes people on tours in Bandung. 5. What does Ida s mother do? Jawaban: She is a doctor. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 153

161 G. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Fitri : Deasy, you won the English speaking contest, right? Deasy : That s right. Fitri : Congratulations! Deasy : Thank you. Anyway, why didn t you join the contest? Fitri : I have no confidence to do it. Deasy : Why? Fitri : Well, I can t speak English fluently. Deasy : O, come on. I believe that you can speak English well. All you need is just more practice. 1. Deasy said, Anyway, why didn t you join the contest? The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. complete B. put on C. take part D. collect Jawaban: C Kata join artinya bergabung atau ikut. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata take part yang artinya ambil bagian. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki makna yang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya melengkapi, (B) artinya meletakkan/mengenakan, dan (D) artinya mengumpulkan. 2. The following statements are TRUE about Fitri, except. A. she took part in the contest B. she has no confidence to follow the contest C. she thinks that she can t speak English fluently D. according to Deasy, she only needs to practice more Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya ia ambil bagian dalam kontes itu, benar untuk pernyataan yang salah. Pernyataan ini bertentangan dengan pertanyaan Deasy, yaitu Anyway, why didn t you join the contest? yang artinya Ngomong-omong, mengapa kamu tidak ikut lomba itu?, dan dibenarkan oleh Fitri dengan menyebutkan alasan ia tidak ikut lomba, yaitu karena ia tidak punya rasa percaya diri. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan ucapan Fitri I have no confidence to do it., (C) sesuai dengan ucapan Fitri Well, I can t speak English fluently., dan (D) sesuai dengan ucapan Deasy All you need is just more practice. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Mrs. Yudi : Can you help me, please? Shop assistant : Sure. What can I do for you? Mrs. Yudi : I want some cookies on the shelf, but I can t take them. Could you help me get them, please? Shop assistant : Sure, Ma am. Here you re. Mrs. Yudi : Thanks. By the way, where can I get chocolate? Shop assistant : Over there, on the dairy section. Let me show you, then. Mrs. Yudi : No, thanks. I can handle it. Shop assistant : Are you sure, Ma am? Mrs. Yudi : Sure, thanks. 3. Where do you think the dialog takes place? A. In the Internet cafe. B. In a restaurant. C. In a hospital. D. In a supermarket. Jawaban: D Berdasarkan kata-kata kunci shop assistant (pelayan toko), shelf (rak), dairy section (bagian produk susu), dapat disimpulkan kalau percakapan tersebut berlangsung di supermarket, bukan di (A) warung Internet, (B) restoran, atau (C) rumah sakit. 4. Mrs. Yudi said, Could you help me get them, please? What does it mean? A. She is asking for information. B. She is asking for service. C. She is giving information. D. She is giving service. 154 UNIT 3 Procedures

162 Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut artinya Bersediakah Anda mengambilkannya untuk saya?. Kalimat ini diucapkan untuk meminta jasa seseorang (asking for service). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan tujuan ucapan tersebut. 5. Mrs. Yudi said, Could you help me get them, please? The underlined word refers to. A. the shelves B. the cookies C. the visitors D. the chocolate Jawaban: B Kata them mengacu pada objek yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu the cookies pada kalimat I want some cookies on the shelf,..... Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kata yang dimaksud. H. In pairs, make a dialog based on the guideline below. Gilang says that he is thirsty and want iced-tea. says that he does not really like it. Niko says that he is also thirsty and wants soft drink. Asks whether Gilang likes soft drink. explains that drinking soft drink every day is not good. asks for clarification. clarifies it. asks for clarification. Contoh jawaban: Gilang : I m so thirsty. I want to drink iced-tea. Niko : I want soft drink. Don t you like soft drink? Gilang : Not really. Niko : What do you mean? Gilang : Drinking soft drink every day is not good for our health. Niko : Is it right? Gilang : Yes. I. Create a dialog based on one of the pictures below. Use the key words and the expressions you have learned Source: < ripculz.wordpress.com/ 2009/07/> Mount Jaya Wijaya snow on the peak of the mountain Source: < upload.wikimedia.org/ wikipedia/> The Komodo Island nominated as one of the natural seven wonders PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 155

163 3. Source: < fc01.deviantart.net/fs48/f/ 2009/203/> The Suramadu Bridge built across Madura Strait 4. Source: < gambar.iklanmax.com/ /230859/ slayerselendangshawl.> batik stated as the world s cultural heritage by UNESCO 5. earthquake hit Padang hundreds of people died Source: < msnbcmedia.msn.com/j/ MSNBC/Components/ Slideshows/_production/ss indo-quake/ss indoquake- 01.ss_full.> Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Did you know that we have a mountain which has snow on its peak? Your friend : No, I didn t. Is there any? You : Well, it is Mount Jaya Wijaya in Papua. Your friend : Unbelievable! Our country is situated on the equator, but there is snow! Amazing! You : It is. 2. You : Have you voted the Komodo Island as one of the natural seven wonders? Your friend : Of course, I have. What about you? You : I have too. Let s ask the others to vote. Your friend : Good idea! 3. You : Where were you last week? Your friend : I visited my uncle s family in Madura. You : Did you pass through the Suramadu Bridge? Your friend : Yes, I did. It was cool! That was the first time I saw myself a bridge across a strait. You : How lucky you are! I hope I can be there someday. 4. You : Do you have time tomorrow after school? Your friend : I think so. Why? You : I need to buy a batik shirt. Will you go with me to a fashion shop? Your friend : Sure. By the way, did you know that batik was declared by UNESCO as the world s cultural heritage? You : Was it? When? Your friend : On October 2, You : That was great! 156 UNIT 3 Procedures

164 5. You : Have you heard the news? Your friend : What news? You : An earthquake hit Padang this afternoon! Your friend : Are you sure about it? You : I am. I watched the news on TV. It happened at 5:16 p.m. And it is predicted that hundreds of people died. Some of them are still buried under the ruins. Your friend : What a tragedy! 3.2 Genre Spoken Text Read the following monolog. Do you like ice cream? Do you want to know how to make it? I ll tell you how to make a five-minute ice cream. First of all, you have to prepare the ingredients. They are one package of frozen fruit, ½ cup of sugar, 2/3 cup of heavy cream and 1 teaspoonful of vanilla. Let s start making it. Firstly, combine the frozen fruit, of sugar, cream and vanilla in a food processor or blender. Secondly, process until the fruit is roughly chopped and the mixture resembles ice cream. Then, your ice cream is ready to enjoy! You can eat the ice cream now if you can t wait, or freeze for firmer texture. The ice cream can be frozen for up to a week. Adapted from: October 2, 2009 < The text above is a spoken procedure. It functions to tell how to make something through a sequence of steps. Written Text Read the following text. 5-Minute Ice Cream Aim/goal PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 157

165 Materials/ Ingredients What you need: 1 package frozen fruit 1/2 cup sugar 2/3 cup heavy cream 1 tsp vanilla Step 1 Make Ice Cream! Combine the frozen fruit, sugar, cream and vanilla in a food processor or blender. Process until the fruit is roughly chopped and mixture resembles ice cream. Steps Step 2 Eat! Your ice cream is ready to enjoy! Eat now if you can t wait, or freeze for firmer texture. The ice cream can be frozen for up to a week. Source: October 2, 2009 < The text above is a written procedure. A procedure tells how to make something through a sequence of actions or steps. It usually uses imperative sentences, such as cut, place, use, etc. The structure of the text is: aim/goal, materials/ingredients, steps/methods. 158 UNIT 3 Procedures

166 Grammar Section Adverbs Study the following sentences. Aryani dances beautifully. Shinta arrived late due to a flat tire. Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called adverbs; the first is an adverb of manner and the second is an adverb of time. An adverb is a describing word. It describes actions or verbs. It tells you the way someone does something. There are some kinds of adverbs. Among them are: 1. Adverbs of Manner They tell you the way people do things. Examples: Mr. Arman wrote the recipe clearly. The boy does the exercises fast. Other common adverbs of manner are: brightly freely carelessly correctly cheaply quickly loudly beautifully 2. Adverbs of Time They tell you when someone does something, or when something happens. Examples: It rained hard last night. The students of VIIA are playing volleyball now. Other common adverbs of time are: tomorrow soon early late already yesterday this afternoon next month 3. Adverbs of Place They tell you where things happen, or where someone or something is going. Examples: The children are playing upstairs. Your seat is over there. Other common adverbs of place are: upstairs anywhere near 4. Adverbs which are used to introduce the first, second, etc. of a list of points/things Examples: Firstly, whisk the eggs. Finally, serve it in a bowl. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 159

167 Answer the following questions. 1. What text type have you learned in Unit 2? Jawaban: Descriptives. 2. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing. 3. Can you mention some titles of descriptives? What are they? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. There are My lovely House, My Beloved Family, My School. A. Listen to your teacher. Put the following pictures into the correct order based on the procedure you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Have you ever heard about a sauted green shrimp? Let me tell you how to make it. Firstly, wash the vegetables and peel off the garlic. Then, chop the vegetables and slice the garlic very thin. Now, prepare the shrimps. Next, heat the oil in a frying pan. Saute the garlic, shrimp and the vegetables. Finally, cook then serve it on a plate. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Gambar yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: How to make a sauted green shrimp. 2. What should you slice very thin? Jawaban: The garlic. 160 UNIT 3 Procedures

168 3. What should you do after slicing the garlic? Jawaban: Preparing the shrimp. 4. What should you saute firstly? Jawaban: The garlic. 5. What should you saute lastly? Jawaban: The vegetables. Variasi: A. You will hear the following words in the monolog in Task B. Find the meanings of the words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. straight = lurus 2. thigh = paha 3. exhale = menghembuskan napas 4. slide = mendorong 5. stretch = merentangkan 6. waist = pinggang 7. toward = ke arah 8. bend = membungkukkan 9. leg = kaki (bagian yang panjang) 10. feet = kaki bagian bawah, yang digunakan orang/hewan untuk berdiri B. Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard? Correct the false ones. Picture source: October 6, 2009 < 0,zm6022,00.html> Teks yang dibacakan guru: Did you know that your muscles are flexible? Flexible means that they are able to bend or stretch. Try this activity to know how flexible you are. First, sit on the floor with your legs straight out in front of you. Place your hands on your thighs, keep your arms straight. As you slowly exhale, bend at the waist, sliding your hands along your legs toward your feet. Stretch as far as you can. Can you reach your feet? Source: Head to Toe Science Statements: 1. Your legs should be straight out in front of you. 2. You should place your hands on your waist before sliding them. 3. You should exhale fast while bending at the waist. 4. You should stretch as far as you can. 5. The activity is to know how flexible you are. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (You should place your hands on your thighs.) 3. F (You should exhale slowly.) 4. T 5. T PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 161

169 C. Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: How to Digest Food Faster with One Simple Exercise Certain foods tend to take longer to digest than others. Here is a simple trick that my step aerobics teacher has taught me, to help (1) digest your food during the day or before you go to bed at night. It only takes a few minutes. Difficulty: Moderately Easy Instructions: Step 1 The first thing you need to do is lie flat (2) on your belly on the floor. You will need to be on a hard surface, so no beds or couches. Step 2 Next thing you need to do is (3) reach behind you and grab your legs (4) with your hands. Step 3 Next, pick up your neck and (5) look forward. Step 4 Now, start rocking in a back and forth motion like (6) a rocking horse. Step 5 Count to 20 and (7) take a break. Return to your starting position and (8) repeat the steps a few more times. Make sure you count to 20 each time. Step 6 This is targeting (9) your stomach area, and the rocking motion helps (10) digest food quicker. Source: Sammysfirefox22, October 6, 2009 < 162 UNIT 3 Procedures

170 D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task C. 1. Where should you lie on to do that activity? A. Beds. B. Matresses. C. Couches. D. Floors. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat The first thing you need to do is lie flat on your belly on the floor.. Jadi, ketika melakukan kegiatan ini, kita berbaring di atas permukaan lantai. 2. What should you do to your legs? A. Lift them high. B. Grab them with our hands. C. Place them firmly on the floor. D. Push them to move towards our heads. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pada langkah kedua... grab your legs with your hands. yang artinya... raih kedua kaki dengan tanganmu.. 3. How do you do the rocking movement? A. In a back and forth motion. B. In a left and right motion. C. In a top and down motion. D. In a free motion. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat Now, start rocking in a back and forth motion like a rocking horse. yang artinya Sekarang, mulailah bergoyang dengan gerakan ke depan dan ke belakang seperti kuda goyang.. 4. How many should you count before you take a break? A. Ten. B. Fifteen. C. Twenty. D. Twenty-five. Jawaban: C Pada langkah kedua terdapat kalimat Count to 20 and take a break.. Jadi, kamu dapat beristirahat setelah 20 (twenty) hitungan.. 5. When do you pick up your neck and look forward? A. After we rock. B. After we reach behind us. C. Before we grab our legs. D. Before we lie flat. Jawaban: B Dalam teks langkah Next, pick up your neck and look forward. adalah langkah ketiga dan... is reach behind you and grab your legs with your hands. adalah langkah kedua. Jadi, kita dapat melakukan kegiatan mengangkat leher dan melihat ke depan setelah kita menggapai bagian belakang (after we reach behind us) dan meraih kedua kaki dengan tangan (after we grab our legs with our hands). A. You will find the following words in the text in Task B. Find their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. sturdy = kokoh, kuat 2. to fold = melipat 3. to bend = menekuk 4. upper = atas 5. to lift = angkat 6. object = benda 7. chest = dada 8. to roll back down = rebah ke belakang PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 163

171 B. Complete the text with the words from the box. a. with control b. lift your upper body c. behind your ears d. sturdy object e. your chest STEP 1 Anchor your feet under a (1). Then, lie with your knees bent. Next, fold your arms across (2) or just hold your hands (3). STEP 2 Slowly (4). Finally, roll back down, slowly and (5). Repeat as desired. Jawaban: 1. d 2. e 3. c 4. b 5. a Adapted from: October 3, 2009 < C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B. 1. What material do you need for this activity? Jawaban: A sturdy object. 2. What should you do with your knees? Jawaban: Bend them. 3. Where should you fold your arms? Jawaban: Across our chest. 4. When you hold your hands, where should you place them? Jawaban: Behind our ears. 5. When should you lift your upper body? Jawaban: After we fold our arms across our chest/hold our hands behind our ears. 164 UNIT 3 Procedures

172 Variasi: Look at the pictures and read the cue words. Tell your friends the procedure of folding a napkin based on them. The French Napkin fold Cue words: lay face down far corner dialogonally orient to the right pivot at the same place the last fold pivoted Contoh jawaban: Maybe you often get confused of how to fold napkin. Well, just listen to me. I ll tell you how to fold it well. This is the French napkin fold. First, lay the napkin face down in front of you. Then, fold the napkin in half diagonally. Yeah,... like this. After that, orient the napkin so the long side is on the left. Then, see the next step. Fold the far corner of the napkin diagonally towards you and to the right. Finally, fold the right-most point towards you... so that it pivots at the same place the last fold pivoted. Now, you can use the finished napkin for your dinner place. Very classy and uncomplicated, right? Source: September 19, 2008 < D. Tell your friends how to make your local food/drink. You may put the picture of the food/drink. Contoh jawaban: Source: < images/static/kurma myrujakmanis.jpg> Hi, friends. I want to tell you how to make spicy fruit salad known as rujak. Now, I ll show you how to make it. Let s prepare the ingredients first. You need 1 chayote, peeled; 1 Granny Smith apple, cored; 2 cucumbers, peeled and cut in half lengthwise with seeds removed; 1 raw mango; 1 orange, peeled and divided into sections; ½ tsp crushed red pepper; ¼ tsp shrimp paste; 3 tbsp brown sugar; ½ tsp salt; 1 tsp tamarind, dissolved in 1 tbsp warm water; 1 14-oz can diced pineapple, drained. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 165

173 Let s begin making it. First, coarsely chop the chayote, apple, cucumbers, mango and orange sections. Second, in a large bowl, combine crushed red pepper, shrimp paste, brown sugar, salt and tamarind to make a paste. Finally, add the chayote, apple, cucumber, mango, orange and pineapple to the bowl, and stir well to combine. Serve at room temperature. Your fruit salad is ready. Hmm... yummy! Source: November 30, 2009 < A. Read the text below. Answer the questions based on the text. Marmalade Pudding Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmalade pudding. You can try this at home. To make this pudding, you need ¼ lb suet, ¼ lb breadcrumbs, ¼ lb plain flour, ¼ lb sugar, 1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade, 3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency. Now, here is how to make it. Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours. Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce. Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding. Source: October 2, 2009 < Questions: 1. How much salt do you need to make the pudding? Jawaban: 1 flat teaspoon. 2. How many ingredients do you need to make the pudding? Jawaban: Nine. 3. How long do you need to steam the ingredients? Jawaban: For two hours. 4. How do you make the sauce? Jawaban: By melting some marmalade. 5. What should you pour over the pudding? Jawaban: The sauce. B. Read the text in Task A once again. Underline the adverbs in the text. Jawaban: Marmalade Pudding Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmalade pudding. You can try this at home. To make this pudding, you need ¼ lb suet, ¼ lb breadcrumbs, ¼ lb plain flour, ¼ lb sugar, 1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade, 3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency. Now, here is how to make it. Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours. Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce. Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding. 166 UNIT 3 Procedures

174 Variasi: Make sentences using the adverbs you find in the text. Contoh jawaban: 1. I decide to spend my weekend with my family at home. 2. Firstly, I go to the bookstore. Then, I go to the foodcourt for lunch. 3. I ve been waiting for Linda for two hours. I guess she won t come. 4. First of all, I prepare all the materials. Secondly, I pour some flour and sugar into a bowl. 5. Lastly, we have lunch together before going home. 6. The old couple live separately with their children. They prefer living in a village to in a big city. 7. Mother needs some milk to make sauce which will be poured over pudding. C. Complete the sentences below with suitable adverbs. 1. Hold the stick. 2. Do the homework. 3. Did you come here? 4., peel the mangoes. 5. Use the knife in order not to hurt yourself. 6. I love your performance. You danced. 7. The students like Mr. Haryono. He always explains a lesson. 8. I feel very happy. My grandparents will come by train this evening. 9. Before the test begins, the teacher asks each student to prepare a pen and a sheet of paper. 10. Ride your bike. Otherwise, we will come late to school. Contoh jawaban: 1. tightly 2. well 3. yesterday 4. Firstly 5. carefully 6. beautifully 7. clearly 8. from Yogyakarta 9. on the desk 10. fast Variasi: Make five sentences using adverbs properly. Contoh jawaban: 1. My mother is watering the flowers in the garden. 2. I ve studied hard for the test. I hope I can do it well. 3. My father goes to work earlier this morning because he has a meeting. 4. I went to your house yesterday afternoon, but you weren t at home. 5. My sister will make fried rice. First of all, she prepare cooked rice and other ingredients. D. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text. Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 5-Minute Chocolate Cake 3 Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W oven, or 4 minutes in a 700W oven. It will start to crown over the top of the mug. Don t panic! It will collapse once the heat stops. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 167

175 1 Supplies: a microwave a coffee mug 4 tablespoons flour 4 tablespoons sugar 2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa 1 egg 3 tablespoons milk 3 tablespoons oil 3 tablespoons chocolate chips splash vanilla or other flavoring try peppermint or cinnamon 4 Eat it! This cake is still good half an hour out of the oven. In fact, I think it gets better the longer it sits. However, I can t speak to how it does after that since there s never any left! Enjoy! 2 Mix your ingredients. Add all of the dry ingredients to the mug and mix. Add the egg and combine well. It gets pretty pasty at the point. Stir in milk and oil. Add chocolate chips and splash of vanilla. Stir well. Source: October 2, 2009 < Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. tablespoon = ukuran sendok makan 2. unsweetened = tidak manis (tawar) 3. cinnamon = kayu manis 4. flavoring = pemberi rasa (pada makanan/minuman) 5. dry = kering 6. to stir = mengaduk 7. to crown = mengembang 8. left = tersisa, sisa 168 UNIT 3 Procedures

176 B. What are the opposite meanings of the following words? Then, find their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Words Meaning Antonym Meaning 1. dry 2. to add 3. to stop 4. better 5. longer kering menambahkan berhenti lebih baik lebih lama wet to reduce to continue worse shorter basah mengurangi berlanjut lebih buruk lebih singkat E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task D. 1. Which of the following ingredients don t we need to make a 5-minute chocolate cake? A. Milk. B. Oil. C. Syrup. D. Sugar. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan daftar bahan-bahan (Supplies) dapat disimpulkan bahwa bahan yang tidak dibutuhkan untuk membuat kue cokelat ini adalah sirup. 2. What should we add in the mug before we add milk? A. Oil. B. An egg. C. Chocolate chips. D. Splash of vanilla. Jawaban: B Sebelum kalimat Stir in milk and oil. yang artinya Aduk susu dan minyak., terdapat kalimat Add the egg and combine well.... yang artinya Tambahkan telur dan campurkan dengan rata.. Jadi, sebelum kita mencampurkan susu, kita harus memasukkan telur terlebih dahulu. 3. How long should you microwave the mixture in a 700W oven? A. 2 minutes. B. 3 minutes. C. 4 minutes. D. 5 minutes. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W oven, or 4 minutes in a 700W oven. yang artinya Panggang dalam microwave 1000W selama 3 menit atau 4 menit dalam microwave 700W. 4. We should mix the ingredients below first in the mug, except. A. flour B. milk C. sugar D. cocoa Jawaban: B Dalam teks terdapat kalimat Add all of the dry ingredients to the mug and mix. yang artinya Tambahkan semua bahan kering ke dalam mangkuk dan campur.. Dari daftar bahan-bahan (Supplies) dapat diketahui bahwa bahan-bahan yang kering adalah biji coklat, tepung, dan gula. Jadi, yang tidak termasuk bahan yang dicampurkan adalah susu. 5. What will happen after we microwave it? A. It will collapse. B. It will be thicker. C. It will collect at the bottom of the mug. D. It will start to crown over the top of the mug. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It will start to crown over the top of the mug. Don t panic! It will collapse once the heat stops. yang artinya (Itu) akan mengembang di bagian atas cangkir. Jangan panik. Campuran itu akan menyusut ketika panasnya hilang.. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 169

177 Variasi: A. Answer the questions based on the proper text in Task D. 1. How much milk should you use? Jawaban: Three tablespoons. 2. How many eggs do you need? Jawaban: One. 3. What kind of cocoa should you use? Jawaban: Unsweetened one. 4. What are the dry ingredients you should put into the mug? Jawaban: Flour, sugar, unsweetened cocoa. 5. What should you do after you add all of the dry ingredients to the mug? Jawaban: Mix them. 6. What happens after you add the egg and combine well? Jawaban: It get pretty pasty at the point. 7. When should you add chocolate chips? Jawaban: Afer we stir in milk and oil. 8. How long should you microwave the mixture in a 1000W oven? Jawaban: For 3 minutes. 9. What happens after you microwave the mixture? Jawaban: It will start to crown over the top of the mug. 10. Why does the writer say that we should not panic? Jawaban: Because the crown will collapse once the heats stops. B. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. Germinating Petunia Seeds You will need: a packet of petunia seeds a seed tray or small pots loamy friable soil or potting mix water fertilizer What to do: 1. Fill a seed tray with soil. 2. Incorporate fertilizer into soil. 3. Scatter seeds on the surface of the soil. 4. Cover seeds with a 3 mm layer of soil. Press firmly. 5. Spray water to moisten the seed bed. 6. Place seed tray in warm, sunny position (at least 25 C). 7. Keep soil moist by watering gently while seeds are germinating. Seeds will germinate in about days. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Questions: 1. Where can you scatter seeds? Jawaban: On the surface of the soil. 2. What can you use if you don t have a seed tray? Jawaban: We can use small pots. 3. Why should you spray water to the seed? Jawaban: To moisten the seed bed. 170 UNIT 3 Procedures

178 4. Where should you place the tray? Jawaban: In warm, sunny position. 5. How long will the seeds germinate? Jawaban: In about 10 to 14 days. C. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B. A 1. petunia 2. loamy 3. friable 4. to scatter 5. to spray 6. moist 7. to germinate 8. to incorporate 9. to cover 10. tray Responding a. basah b. memasukkan c. gembur d. menyemprot e. menutupi f. sejenis tumbuhan berbunga g. baki h. bergeluh i. mengecambahkan j. menyebarkan Jawaban: 1. f 2. h 3. c 4. j 5. d 6. a 7. i 8. b 9. e 10. g D. Complete the sentences with the words in Task C. 1. Dinda serves the guests some glasses of tea using a. 2. The plant will grow well on a soil like this. 3. Rina is feeling very cold, so she her body with a warm blanket. 4. Do not too much perfume on your body. 5. I dislike being in air like this. Jawaban: 1. tray 2. loamy 3. covers 4. spray 5. moist A. Look at the pictures. Write a procedure based on the pictures. You may use the following words: draw color decorate glue clothes overalls template construction paper PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 171

179 Supplies needed: construction paper pencil glue scissors markers or crayons optional: googly eyes Optional: real straw or raffia Paper Scarecrow 1 to draw template 2 to print/draw clothes 3 to cut out 172 UNIT 3 Procedures

180 4 to color and decorate clothes 5 to glue clothes to add eyes, a nose, a mouth Contoh jawaban: Source: October 6, 2009 < 1 Draw the scarecrow template (or draw your own). 2 Print out the scarecrow clothes (or draw your own). PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 173

181 3 Cut out the scarecrow, shirt, overalls, shoes and hat. 4 Color and decorate the clothes using crayons or markers. 5 Glue the clothes on the scarecrow. Optional: glue on some straw (real straw, raffia or thin strips of light brown paper) at the edges of the clothing. Add eyes, a nose and a mouth. This scarecrow makes a fun Thanksgiving decoration. Source: October 6, 2009 < B. Look at the picture. It is called pecel lele in some regions. Write down a procedure how to make it. You may write another procedure of a different recipe. Picture source: October 4, 2009 < 2007/09/pecel-lele.html> 174 UNIT 3 Procedures

182 Contoh jawaban: Pecel Lele Ingredients: 4 medium catfish, clean it oil to fry Blend: 1 tbs coriander seed (ketumbar) 2 cm Curcuma domestica (kunyit) 1 garlic ½ tbs salt Sauce (blend): 1 big tomato fried peanuts as you need garlic, shallots, chilly as you need (fry it first) salt sugar Garnish: tomato, cabage-letuce, Ocimum basilicum (kemangi), poh-pohan leaf (only find in Indonesia) Steps: 1. Clean the catfish, then mix the fish with the blent ingredients. Wait until the blent ingredient penetrate into the fish at about 30 minutes. 2. Fry the fish in the pan. 3. Dry it from oil. 4. Put in the plate with the garnish. Put the sauce on the fish if you like. Eat with the hot rice. Note: To make the sauce warm, you can warm it in the pan or in the microwave. Source: October 4, 2009 < Variasi: Do you like honey? Write down a recipe using it. Contoh jawaban: Spicy Sweet Honey Chili Serves: 6 8 (change servings and units) Ingredients: 2 lbs ground beef 1 cup chopped sweet onion (Vidalia) 1 chopped garlic clove ½ cup chopped green bell pepper 1½ diced jalapeno peppers 2 (15 ounce) cans chili beans 1 (14½ ounce) can of petite diced tomatoes 1½ teaspoons chili powder 1 teaspoon cumin PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 175

183 1 teaspoon thyme ½ teaspoon salt 1½ teaspoons Accent seasoning, flavor enhancer ½ teaspoon cinnamon 1 3 ½ cup honey Directions: 1. Crumble ground beef in a large pan; add accent flavor enhancer (optional). 2. Brown ground beef. 3. Add onion, green pepper and garlic. 4. Cook until onion is translucent or brown; drain oil. 5. Add tomatoes, jalapeño peppers, chili beans, chili powder, cumin, thyme, salt and cinnamon. 6. Stir and simmer on low for at least 25 minutes. 7. Add honey; stir again. 8. Serve alone, over rice or spaghetti. 9. Serve with cheese and crackers is a must! 10. Then, serve with corn bread as well! Source: Tracie Altland, October 2, 2009 < C. Write down a procedure. You may choose one of the following topics: a kind of craft, a kind of sport. Contoh jawaban: Wacky Watermelon Paper Plate Craft Supplies: ½ of a paper plate glue red and green construction paper, cut or torn into little squares black cut as the seeds scissors Directions: 1. Cut the red and green construction paper into little mini squares (or you can have the kids tear them). 2. Cut the paper plate in half. 3. Cover paper plate red squares by gluing down to paper plate. 4. Glue green squares to the edge of paper plate. 5. Glue on black construction paper to be the seeds! Source: Samantha, October 4, 2009 < 176 UNIT 3 Procedures

184 3.3 Short Functional Texts: Warnings and Tips Spoken Text Read the following text. Listen, everyone. The examination will begin. Do not put anything on the desk, except a pen and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat. Good luck! The text is called a warning. Its purpose is to warn someone not to do something. Usually, those who break the warning will get a penalty. For example, students who cheat on the test will be disqualified or they have to take a remedial test. Written Text Read the following text. Eat your beans! Nutrient compounds called flavonoids have been found to be effective antioxidants that help protect against heart disease and cancer. These flavonoids are found in the coating of such beans as navy, pintos, kidney, great northern and black beans. Source: October 28, 2009 <ttp:// The text above is a tip. A tip is a small piece of advice about something practical. You can find tips from many sources, for example from the Internet, magazines, newspapers or other media. Answer the following questions. 1. Have you ever heard any warnings at school? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. 2. If you have, what is the the warning about? Contoh jawaban: A warning that asks all students not to make any noises during the final test. 3. Do you have a problem with your health? If you do, what is it? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I m allergic of cold weather. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 177

185 4. Have you ever followed any tips for your health problem? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. 5. Did the tip work on you? Contoh jawaban: Yes, it did. A. You will hear the following words in the text in Task B. Find their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. attention = perhatian 2. sake = kepentingan 3. visitor = pengunjung 4. to put back = meletakkan kembali 5. proper = yang benar/sesuai Variasi: Make sentences using the words above. Contoh jawaban: 1. You should pay attention to your teacher s explanation. 2. For the sake of our group, we should solve every problem immediately. 3. Thousand visitors visited Ancol during the long holiday. 4. Mother always asks me to put the books back on their shelves after I have read them. 5. The teacher reminds the students to park their bikes on their proper place. B. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following text based on what you have heard. Peringatan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: May I have (1) your attention, please? For the sake of other visitors, please (2) do not leave the magazines or (3) newspapers you have read (4) on the desk. Please, put them back on their (5) proper shelves. Thank you. C. Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard. 1. What is the warning about? Jawaban: It is a warning not to leave the magazines or newspapers we have read on the desk. 2. Where do you think you can hear the warning? Jawaban: In a library. 3. Who do you think delivers the warning? Jawaban: A librarian. 4. After reading a magazine, where should you put it back? Jawaban: In its proper shelf. 5. Please, put them back on their proper shelves. What does the word them refer to? Jawaban: The magazines or newspapers. 178 UNIT 3 Procedures

186 Variasi: Untuk kegiatan pembelajaran di kelas lain, guru dapat memberikan bentuk latihan yang berbeda seperti di bawah ini. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B? Correct the false ones. 1. The visitors are not allowed to leave the magazines on the desk. 2. The visitors cannot find any newspapers in the place. 3. The magazines and newspapers are put on some shelves. 4. The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a hospital. 5. The warning is delivered by a teacher. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (Visitors can find newspapers in the place.) 3. T 4. F (The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a library.) 5. F (The warning is delivered by a librarian.) D. Listen to the announcement and choose the correct answer. Peringatan yang dibacakan guru: Listen, friends. Relating to the working bee activity that will be held tomorrow morning at school, please do not come late. Remember, come half of an hour earlier before the class begins. Do not forget to bring cleaning tools. We are responsible for the cleanliness of our classroom and its surrounding. Thank you. 1. Where can you hear the text? A. In a parking lot. B. In a library. C. In a laboratory. D. In a classroom. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat We are responsible for the cleanliness of our classroom and its surrounding. yang artinya Kita bertanggung jawab atas kebersihan kelas kita dan sekitarnya.. Jadi, teks tersebut dapat didengar di ruang kelas (in a classroom). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 2. Who do you think delivers the text? A. A teacher. B. A principal. C. A class captain. D. A chairperson of OSIS. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan kalimat sapaan Listen, friends. yang artinya Dengarkan, temanteman. dan frasa kunci our classroom, dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang membacakan teks itu adalah siswa yang ada di kelas itu dan ia adalah seorang ketua kelas (a class captain). Hal itu karena ketua kelaslah yang memiliki tugas untuk mengingatkan teman-temannya sekelas tentang suatu kegiatan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 3. When will the activity be held? A. Yesterday afternoon. B. Tomorrow morning. C. Tomorrow afternoon. D. The day after tomorrow. Jawaban: B Kalimat soal menanyakan waktu kegiatan ini (kerja bakti) dilaksanakan. Jawaban disimpulkan dari keterangan waktu tomorrow morning pada kalimat Relating to the working bee activity that will be held tomorrow morning at school.... dan klausa... before the class begins yang PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 179

187 artinya... sebelum kelas mulai.. Jadi, kegiatan kerja bakti itu dilakukan pada besok pagi (tomorrow morning). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 4. These are what the students should do according to the text, except. A. coming earlier B. bringing cleaning tools C. coming fifteen minutes earlier D. participating in a working bee Jawaban: C Hal yang tidak dilakukan siswa adalah (C) yang artinya datang lima belas menit lebih awal. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat Please come half of an hour earlier. yang artinya Datang setengah jam (30 menit = thirty minutes) lebih awal. 5. We are responsible for the cleanliness of our classroom.... What is the underlined word in Indonesian? A. Bertanggung jawab. B. Bersalah. C. Dapat dipahami. D. Dapat dipertanyakan. Jawaban: A Kata responsible dalam bahasa Indonesia adalah bertanggung jawab. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Bahasa Indonesia untuk pilihan jawaban (B) adalah guilty, (C) adalah understandable, dan (D) adalah questionable. A. Read the warning in the Summary section. Retell it using your own words. Contoh jawaban: O.K., class. Let me remind you something. Do not leave any notes or anything else on the desk, except a pen and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat during the test. Do you get it? Good luck! B. Read the following warning. Retell it using your own words. WET PAINT! Contoh jawaban: Attention, please. To all visitors, please do not sit on the benches. The paint is still wet. Thank you. C. Deliver warnings based on the following situations and clues. 1. Suppose you are conducting a tour in a safari park. Then, you see the following warning. Explain to the members of the tour. What would you say? Do not feed the animals! 180 UNIT 3 Procedures

188 2. Suppose your class is conducting a tour to a factory. Then, your group passes one room with the following warning attached on the door. The guide explains to you. What would he say? Staff only! 3. Suppose you want to meet your father in his office. You walk to his room, then you see the following warning. His secretary explains it to you. What would she say? NO ENTRY! Contoh jawaban: 1. Listen, everyone. Before we begin the tour, please remember one thing. Do not feed the animals. Let me repeat once again. Do not feed the animals. Thank you. 2. All right, children. This is our storage room. We are not allowed to enter the room, except the staff. Let s continue our trip. 3. I m really sorry. You are not allowed to meet your father now. He has an important meeting with his client. A. Read the text with proper pronunciation. Find the meanings of the words that follow. To add strength to leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the same time, try climbing plain old stairs. This can be done at home, in your office, apartment building or on stairclimbing machines in the gym. Climbing two steps at a time is good for building the quadriceps (thigh muscles) and the gluteus. Going down steps builds strength in the quadriceps and to a lesser extent, the hamstrings. Source: October 28, 2009 < Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. strength = kekuatan 2. muscle = otot 3. cardiovascular = yang berhubungan dengan jantung 4. workout = latihan 5. plain = sederhana 6. stair = tangga 7. step = langkah 8. gym = ruang olahraga 9. to climb = naik 10. to go down = turun 11. thigh = paha 12. quadricep = otot berkepala empat (kuadrisep) 13. gluteus = (otot) gluteus 14. lesser extent = sejumlah lebih kecil 15. hamstring = urat-urat di lutut PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 181

189 B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. The text is about how to strengthen the hamstrings. 2. Climbing plain old stairs can strengthen our leg muscles. 3. Climbing and going down stairs are useful for our quadriceps. 4. For building the gluteus, it is good to climb stairs one step. 5. We can do this workout at home. Jawaban: 1. F (The text is about how to strengthen leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the same time by climbing stairs.) 2. T 3. T 4. F (For building the quadriceps, it is good to climb stairs two steps.) 5. T Variasi: Read the tips below. Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. Smart Tips for Kitchens Turn off the oven five to 10 minutes before the food is done to make use of the residual heat in cooking. Use the timer wisely to avoid over-cooking and energy waste. Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This keeps your food cold and hygienic. Chop food into small pieces before putting them into the blender. This makes the blender more durable and saves more energy. Source: March 12, 2007 < Statements: 1. We can make use of the residual heat in cooking by turning off the oven 10 minutes before the food is done. 2. We can make use of the timer to save energy. 3. Opening the door of your refrigerator frequently makes your food cold and hygienic. 4. Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will not save more energy. 5. Almost all the tips are for saving energy. Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F (Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This makes your food cold and hygienic.) 4. F (Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will save more energy.) 5. T 182 UNIT 3 Procedures

190 C. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. You will find the words in Task D. A 1. to suffer 2. injury 3. to stand for 4. to stress 5. minor 6. severe 7. swelling 8. healing 9. to elevate 10. limb B a. menekan b. parah/keras (sakit) c. menderita d. pembengkakan e. menaikkan/meninggikan f. kepanjangan dari g. luka h. kecil/ringan i. anggota badan/lambai j. penyembuhan Jawaban: 1. c 2. g 3. f 4. a 5. h 6. b 7. d 8. j 9. e 10. i D. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box. a. Compression b. severe injuries c. suffer d. higher than e. injured area f. comfortably g. limit swelling h. direct contact i. affected area j. exercise R.I.C.E for Injuries If you (1) from a sports related injury, use R.I.C.E. The term stands for Rest, Ice, Compression and Elevation. Rest Take a break from (2) or any type of movement that may stress the (3). A minor injury should be rested for one or two days, while more (4) may need longer. Ice Ice the (5). Icing reduces pain, limits swelling and bleeding, and encourages rapid healing. Wrap ice in a towel to avoid (6) with the skin. (7) Compress the injury with a stretch bandage. Make sure not to wrap it too tight, just enough to support the injured area (8). Elevate Elevate the limb. If possible, try to keep the injured part above the level of the heart. At the very least, try to keep it (9) the hips. This helps (10) and also prevents movement of the area that is injured. Source: October 28, 2009 < Jawaban: 1. c 2. j 3. e 4. b 5. i 6. h 7. a 8. f 9. d 10. g PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 183

191 E. Choose the correct words based on the complete text in Task D. 1. What is the text about? A. Tips to compress the injured area. B. One of the applications of R.I.C.E. C. Tips to handle injuries using R.I.C.E. D. Tips to stop bleeding and limit swelling. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut tentang tips yang berkaitan dengan penanganan luka menggunakan metode R.I.C.E (tips to handle injuries using R.I.C.E.). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan pendukung dari gagasan pokok teks itu. 2. Severe injuries need than minor injuries to rest and recover. A. more days B. less days C. shorter days D. some days Jawaban: A Kalimat A minor injury should be rested for one or two days, while more severe injuries may need longer. artinya Luka ringan seharusnya istirahat untuk satu atau dua hari, sedangkan luka parah boleh jadi membutuhkan waktu lebih lama.. Dengan kata lain, luka parah (severe injuries) membutuhkan hari lebih banyak (more days) daripada luka ringan (minor injuries). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 3. The following are the benefits of icing, except. A. to encourage rapid healing B. to increase bleeding C. to limit swelling D. to reduce pain Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Ice the affected area. Icing reduces pain, limits swelling and bleeding, and encourages rapid healing.. Jadi, yang bukan merupakan manfaat pemberian es di daerah luka adalah (B) yang artinya meningkatkan pendarahan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan manfaat pemberian es di daerah luka. 4. Make sure not to wrap it too tight,.... (Paragraph 4) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. strong B. rapid C. loose D. short Jawaban: C Kata tight artinya kencang. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata loose yang artinya longgar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kuat, (B) artinya cepat, dan (D) artinya pendek. 5. At the very least, try to keep it higher than the hips. (Paragraph 5) What does the underlined word refer to? A. The heart. B. The limb. C. The bandage. D. The injured part. Jawaban: D Kata it mengacu pada objek yang diangkat lebih tinggi dari pinggul yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu the injured part pada kalimat If possible, try to keep the injured part above the level of the heart.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kata yang dimaksud. 184 UNIT 3 Procedures

192 A. Here are some tips. Write down the suitable topic for each of the tips below. How to study effectively. Love yourself. Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say. Be optimistic! To overcome difficulties in falling asleep 1. First, lay your body down in a comfortable sofa or bed. Second, read something that entertains you. It s better to drink a glass of hot milk before. Finally, you ll feel so sleepy. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 2. Even if you are feeling really down, remember that there s always something out there to smile about. A positive outlook will make people want to be around you more. 3. Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Circle things or highlight works. Associate the color or shape with the information. Source: February, 19, 2007 < 4. They are people who deserve to be treated with respect. If you treat them well, they will treat you the same. 5. It is difficult to like others when you do not appreciate yourself for who you are. Try to exercise to improve your self-esteem. Start your journey to self-discovery. Jawaban: 1. To overcome difficulties in falling asleep. 2. Be optimistic! 3. How to study effectively. 4. Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say. 5. Love yourself. Variasi: A. Find the similar meanings of the following words in the tips above. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to amuse = to entertain 2. to relate = to associate 3. hard = difficult 4. trip = journey 5. to develop = to improve PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 185

193 B. Find the opposite meaning of the following words in the tips above. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. uncomfortable >< comfortable 2. negative >< positive 3. to forget >< to remember 4. badly >< well 5. easy >< difficult B. Complete the following statements based on the tips in Task A. 1. It s better for us to drink before going to bed. 2. People want to be around you more eagerly if you always have. 3. Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Each color or shape relates to certain. 4. We have to treat other people. 5. You will be easier to like others when you. Contoh jawaban: 1. a glass of hot milk 2. positive outlook 3. information 4. well 5. appreciate yourself for who you are C. Put the following sentences in a good order to get a good tip. Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: For a Total Workout, Include Body, Mind and Spirit Add them to your workout routines and feel the difference. For a change of pace, try yoga, Pilates or tai chi, all of which engage your mind, body and spirit. The best workout, according to top trainers and fitness experts, is one that includes the mind and spirit as well as the body. Include these alternative mind/body disciplines on a regular basis. Consider some alternatives to your regular weight and cardio training. Source: October 28, 2009 < Variasi: Here are two tips of how to get along well with your parents. However, they are not arranged in order. Put them in the correct order to make good tips. Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 When this occurs, they will probably be more cooperative with you Tip 1: Ask your parents once a day, Is there anything I can do for you? Tip 2: Spend some time in the same room with your parents while they are watching TV or reading. Sit down and talk to them about school, your friends or something else that interests you. However, they ll get over this feeling and will love the new you. 186 UNIT 3 Procedures

194 5 2 At first they may think it strange because of the change in your behavior. Most of the time they will probably say no, or give you something that will take a few minutes to complete. Your parents will love this and see you as a very cooperative person. Source: September 22, 2008 < D. What tips do you think work on you? Write and share the tips with your friends. Contoh jawaban: Water Works for Weight Loss Nothing quells the appetite like water, lots and lots of water. Start out with two quart bottles in the morning and carry one with you to school or wherever you go. If you like, divvy up the 64 ounces of water into eight (8-ounce) bottles or four pint (16-ounce) bottles to carry around with you all day. Freeze half of them the night before and they will last all day, even in a hot car. Keep some unfrozen so they will be ready to drink immediately. Yes. You will have to make more frequent bathroom trips, but it is worth it. Drink your 64 ounces of water before dinner, if possible, so you re not up half the night going to the bathroom. Water not only fills you up and lessens your appetite, but it also prevents those hungry horrors we all encounter when our blood sugar drops and we reach for cookies, candy, ice cream, fries or other high-calorie treats. Water also flushes out the system, rids the body of bloat and toxins and rosies up the complexion. Now, start splashing. Source: October 28, 2009 < Write down a procedure of how to do a certain game. Mind the structure of the text. Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. to bake : memanggang belly : perut to chop : memotong to freeze : membekukan marmalade : selai jeruk to melt : mencairkan pasty : pucat, seperti bubur to peel : mengupas plain : sederhana, biasa to resemble : menyerupai, mirip rough : kasar, berat to saute : menumis dengan minyak sedikit separately : secara terpisah shrimp : udang to sprinkle : menaburkan to steam : mengukus tablespoon : sendok makan (ukuran) teaspoon : sendok teh (ukuran) unsweetened : tidak manis (tawar) to whisk : mengocok PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 187

195 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Ryan : What time will you leave for Semarang? Rizki : At seven o clock. What does the underlined sentence mean? A. Ryan is giving a fact. B. Ryan is asking for a fact. C. Ryan is giving his service. D. Ryan is asking for an opinion. Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut artinya Pukul berapa kamu akan pergi ke Semarang?. Kalimat ini diucapkan Ryan untuk meminta sebuah fakta (asking for a fact), yaitu tentang waktu keberangkatan Rizki ke Semarang. 2. Safira : I heard that Nadia would continue her study in Australia. Is it true? Reno : I don t know about it either. We d better ask Nadia about the news. The underlined sentence means. A. Safira expresses her curiosity B. Safira asks for Reno s opinion C. Safira gives a fact about something D. Safira asks for clarification Jawaban: D Kalimat Safira, Is it true? yang artinya Apakah itu benar? menunjukkan kalau Safira meminta klarifikasi (asking for clarification) kepada Reno tentang berita bahwa Nadia akan melanjutkan sekolahnya di Australia. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Betty : What do you do in your spare time? Seno : I like reading. I read comics, magazines and others. What about you? Betty : I do too. I always read novels. Seno : How do you get them? Betty : My elder sister lends me the novels. She gets them from the bookstore or she borrows them from her friends. Seno : Does everybody in your family like reading? Betty : Yes, they are. 3. What do Betty and Seno do in their spare time? A. Going to the bookstores. B. Meeting their school friends. C. Reading magazines, novels and others. D. Lending the magazines and novels. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut, Seno menyatakan suka membaca ( I like reading. ) dan Betty menyatakan hal yang sama dengan ungkapan I do too.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 4. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the dialog? A. Seno likes reading magazines. B. Betty s sister has some novels. C. All Betty s family members like readings. D. Sometimes Betty borrows Seno s reading materials. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya kadangkadang Betty meminjam bahan bacaan Seno, benar untuk pernyataan yang salah karena yang benar adalah Betty sering meminjam novel milik kakaknya. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Seno I like reading. I read comic, magazines and others., (B) sesuai dengan kalimat Betty My elder sister lends me the novels. She gets them from the bookstore...., dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Yes, they are.. 5. What do you do in your spare time? The underlined words mean. A. busy time B. long time C. leisure time D. short time Jawaban: C Frasa spare time memiliki makna yang sama dengan frasa leisure time yang artinya waktu luang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya waktu sibuk/padat, (B) artinya waktu yang lama, dan (D) artinya waktu yang singkat. 188 UNIT 3 Procedures

196 Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8. Curried Rice Ingredients: 1 cup uncooked rice 2 tbs butter 1 tsp curry powder ½ cup raisins ½ chopped onion 2 cups water How to make it: Find a large saucepan or frying pan which has a lid, place on a medium heat, add butter, and then add chopped onion. Cook the onion for a couple of minutes until it starts to brown slightly. Add curry powder stir with onions for a minute. Add raisins, rice and water. Put on lid and simmer until water is absorbed (about 15 minutes). Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII 6. The following is NOT the ingredient to make curried rice. It is. A. 2 cups water B. 1 teaspoon curry powder C. 1 cup uncooked rice D. 2 teaspoons sugar Jawaban: D Yang bukan merupakan bahan untuk membuat curried rice adalah 2 tsp sugar karena tidak disebutkan pada bagian Ingredients. 7. We need around minutes to cook the curried rice. A. 10 B. 15 C. 20 D. 25 Jawaban: B Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat terakhir teks, Put on lid and simmer until water is absorbed (about 15 minutes) yang artinya Tutup panci itu dan masak hingga air habis (kurang lebih lima belas menit).. 8. When should we add cury powder? A. After we add butter. B. After we cook the onion. C. After we add the raisins. D. Before we add the raisins. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat Cook the onion.... Add curry powder. yang artinya Masak bawang.... Tambahkan bubuk kari., bubuk kari dimasukkan setelah bawang masak (after we cook the onion). 9. You read a warning in front of a house like the one below. What does it mean? NO ADMITTANCE A. People must not stop in front of it. B. Visitors cannot drop by there now. C. Pedestrians may not cross there. D. Other people must not enter it. Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 Jawaban: D Peringatan di atas artinya Dilarang masuk. Pilihan jawaban yang memiliki makna sama dengan peringatan tersebut adalah (D) yang artinya orang lain tidak boleh masuk (ke rumah itu). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya orang-orang dilarang berhenti di depan rumah, (B) artinya pengunjung tidak boleh turun di sana sekarang, dan (C) artinya pejalan kaki tidak boleh menyeberang di sana. Read the text and answer questions 10 to 12. Six Tips on How to Stick with Your New Year s Resolutions 1. Focus on positive self-talk. Congratulate yourself every time you take a step towards your resolution goal. Be your own best cheerleader. 2. Avoid berating yourself if you should fall back or break a resolution. Just brush yourself off and start over again. 3. Stick to your resolution by considering it a promise to yourself, not a test of your willpower. 4. Avoid situations that put you in temptation s path, meaning if you are on a diet, don t go to the ice cream parlor. 5. Keep a sticky note in a prominent place so that you see it every day, reminding yourself of your resolutions. For example: on your bathroom mirror, next to your bed or on the refrigerator. 6. Be realistic. Make sure your plan is a realistic one that can fit into your lifestyle. Make changes as easy and convenient as possible. Source: October 28, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 189

197 10. What is the text about? A. Tips to achieve our goals. B. Tips to make ourselves confident. C. Tips to stick with our new year s resolutions. D. Tips to improve ourselves to be better Jawaban: C Isi teks disimpulkan dari judul teks itu sendiri, yaitu Six Tips on How to Stick with Your New Year s Resolutions, sedangkan kalimat-kalimat berikutnya merupakan gagasan pendukung dari gagasan utama teks tersebut. 11. Stick to your resolution by considering it a promise to yourself,.... (Tip 5) What does the underlined word refer to? A. The new year. B. Our resolution. C. A promise. D. Our willpower. Jawaban: B Kata ganti benda it merujuk pada kata benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu your resolution. 12. Make changes as easy and convenient as possible. (Tip 6) The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. create B. form C. present D. explore Jawaban: A Kata make memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata create yang artinya membuat/ menciptakan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya membentuk, (C) artinya mempersembahkan, dan (D) artinya menggali. 13. Rafi : Did you see the tennis match on TV yesterday? Akmal : Yes, Serena Williams won it. Rafi : Really? Akmal : Yes, she played. A. calmly B. carelessly C. slowly D. wonderfully Jawaban: D Kalimat soal memerlukan adverb of manner untuk menjelaskan cara bermain. Berdasarkan kalimat Serena Williams won it., adverb of manner yang tepat adalah wonderfully yang artinya dengan cantik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak tepat dengan konteks kalimat. 14. Zarra : My brother will take part in the badminton competition next week. I hope he wins. He has been training since last month. Raisa: I m glad to hear that. A. regularly B. softly C. hardly D. unseriously Jawaban: A Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah adverb of manner, yaitu (A) yang artinya dengan teratur. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat I hope he wins. pertanyaan... he will be the winner?. Read the text and answer questions 15 to 18. Loop-the-Loop Paper Plane Materials needed: a sheet of heavy paper a paper clip a pencil crayons blunt scissors Method: Here s a paper airplane that will fly in circles. 1. First fold the paper in half the long way. 2. Then draw an airplane with wings and a tail on it. 3. Next draw a line about an inch away from the fold on each side the full length of the paper. 4. Then cut out the airplane, but do not cut on the fold. 5. After that spread out the airplane and color it. You can draw airplane markings near each wing tip. 6. Next refold your airplane. Now fold each wing down along the line drawn on it. 7. Then add a paper clip to the nose. You can change the way your airplane flies by changing the wing shape and putting more than one paper clip on the nose. 190 UNIT 3 Procedures

198 15. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE about loop-the-loop paper plane? A. It needs a paper clip to fly. B. A pencil is not needed to make a line on it. C. If you fly it, it will fly in circles in the air. D. The first thing to do is to fold the paper in half. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena a paper clip disebutkan pada bagian Materials needed, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat Method: Here s a paper airplane that will fly in circles., dan (D) sesuai dengan langkah nomor 1, yaitu First fold the paper in half the long way.. Jadi, pernyataan yang salah adalah (B) karena justru pensil adalah satu-satunya alat tulis yang dibutuhkan untuk membuat garis. 16. Which picture goes with the third method? A. B. C. D. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci on each side yang artinya di setiap sisinya. Gambar yang menunjukkan garis adalah gambar (B) dan (D). Pilihan jawaban (D) benar karena pada gambar (B) kertas sudah dibuka padahal langkah ke-3 kertas belum dibuka. 17. What is the purpose of the text? A. To persuade the readers to make it. B. To present important points of view. C. To describe how something is made. D. To inform people about the handicrafts. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut disebut teks prosedur karena di dalamnya terdapat cara/method untuk membuat sesuatu. Jadi, tujuan teks ini adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya menjelaskan cara membuat sesuatu (to describe how something is made). 18. The text consists of three parts. The third part functions to show readers to make the loop-the-loop paper plane. A. the steps B. the events C. the argument D. the explanation Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 Jawaban: A Teks prosedur memiliki tiga bagian, yaitu (1) aim/goal (tujuan), (2) materials (bahanbahan), dan (3) method (langkah-langkah). Jadi, bagian ketiga teks prosedur berisi tentang langkah-langkah (steps) untuk membuat sesuatu. 19. The man is hungry three noodles of bowls ordering 8 9 The best arrangement of the words to be a good sentence is. A B C D Jawaban: D Susunan kalimat yang betul adalah pilihan jawaban (D), yaitu The hungry man is ordering three bowls of noodles. 20. Arrange these sentences to explain how to operate a TV set. 1. Press the power button. 2. Choose the best program you like. 3. Adjust the volume. 4. First, plug the cable into an electric outlet. 5. Watch and enjoy the program. A B C D Jawaban: B Susunan teks yang betul mengenai cara mengoperasikan TV adalah dimulai dengan kalimat nomor 4 dengan penanda First (pertama) dan diikuti dengan kalimat nomor 1, 2, 3, dan 5, yaitu (4) Pertamatama, colokkan kabel ke outlet-nya; (1) Tekan tombol power; (2) Pilih program terbaik yang Anda sukai; (3) Sesuaikan volumenya; serta (5) Saksikan dan nikmati acaranya. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 191

199 B. Write a procedure to make something that you know. Contoh jawaban: Molding Sugar Glass Materials: 1 tbs of butter a nonstick baking tray 1 cup of sugar a nonstick saucepan 1 tbs of water a stove a wooden spoon Method: 1. Spread the butter on the baking tray, and place it in the refrigerator to cool. 2. Pour the sugar into the saucepan with one tablespoon of water, and heat it gently at a low temperature. 3. Stir the sugar slowly to keep it from burning. After a few minutes the sugar will turn into a brown liquid. 4. Pour the molten onto the cold baking tray and leave it to cool. The butter will melt, but it will form a layer between the heavier sugar syrup and the tray, and will keep the sugar from sticking to tray. 5. When it is cold, carefully peel the sugar-glass pane from the baking tray. Adapted from: Science Activities Vol. 9: Using Materials Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 3. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya. 192 UNIT 3 Procedures

200 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Irma : Hi, Aji. Is the man wearing batik your father? Aji : No, he isn t. My father is the man wearing a blue shirt over there. Irma : Oh, he looks young. Aji : Yeah. He is 35 years old. 1. Irma says, Is the man wearing batik your father? What does it mean? A. She is asking for a fact. B. She is asking for something. C. She is asking for an opinion. D. She is asking for clarification. 2. What is Aji s father wearing? A. A batik shirt. B. A blue shirt. C. Blue trousers. D. A blue batik shirt. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Lia : Did you hear that Adi has just got an accident? Tantri : Not yet. How did it happen? Lia : While he was walking home yesterday, a motorcycle hit him. Tantri : Is he seriously injured? Lia : No, he isn t. And if you like to join, we plan to visit him tonight. Tantri : I want to do so, but I don t know how to go there. Lia : Don t worry. I ll pick you up. Tantri : If that s so, I ll go. Thanks. 3. What does Tantry tell Lia about? A. Adi cannot walk. B. Adi is hospitalized. C. Adi is seriously injured. D. Adi has got an accident. 4. When are they going to visit Adi? A. That night. B. That morning. C. That afternoon. D. The next morning. 5. Tantry says, Don t worry. I ll pick you up. What does it mean? A. She is telling a fact. B. She is giving information. C. She is giving a service. D. She is giving clarification. Read the text and answer question 6. Please do not swim here. It is dangerous. 6. What is the purpose of the text? A. To ask people to to do something. B. To describe something. C. To advise people. D. To warn people. Read the text and answer questions 7 and 8. Nutrition/Healthy Eating Tips Eat smaller portions more often. Try eating at least every four hours and make sure that you have a good source of protein and complex carbohydrate each time you eat. Eat breakfast! Try eating a combination of complex carbohydrates and protein at least 1 hour after waking up. Source: Jessica Crandall, RD, October 5, 2009 < How often should you eat? A. At least every two hours. B. At least every three hours. C. At least every four hours. D. At least every five hours. 8. Which is good according to the tips? A. Eat lunch, not breakfast. B. Eat small portion but seldom. C. Eat big portion every time you eat. D. Eat at least 1 hour after waking up. Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13. Apple Slices Ingredients: 2 eggs 9 ozs caster sugar 3¾ ozs butter ¼ pint top milk 6½ ozs plain flour 4 large cooking apples ½ tsp baking powder PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 193

201 Directions: 1. Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until thick. 2. Put butter and milk into a saucepan, and boil. Stir eggs and sugar into it. 3. Fold in flour and baking powder. 4. Pour the mixture into large greased roasting tin. Peel apples and slice, then place these on top of the mixture. 5. Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top, and bake at 210 C for 25 minutes. 6. Serve hot with cream or custard. Source: October 2, 2009 < puddings/apples.htm > 9. What should you boil? A. Butter and milk. B. Eggs and sugar. C. Custard. D. Apples. 10. How much baking powder do you need to make apple slices? A. ¼ teaspoon. B. ½ teaspoon. C. 1 teaspoon. D. 2 teaspoons. 11. What is put on top of the mixture? A. Milk. B. Custard. C. Apple and butter. D. Apple and sugar. 12. When should you add flour and baking powder? A. After we peel apples and slice them. B. Before we add eggs and sugar. C. After we add eggs and sugar. D. Before we add butter and milk. 13. How much sugar is sprinkled on top out of the total 9 ozs? A. 1 oz. B. 2 ozs. C. 3 ozs. D. 4 ozs. For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct words to complete the following paragraph. (14), pour the mixture into the bowl. Do it (15) so that it won t spill out. 14. A. Final B. Finish C. Finally D. Finishing 15. A. careful B. carefully C. in careful D. carefulness Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. How to Make Cheese Omelette Ingredients: 1 egg, 50 g of cheese, 1 cup of milk, 3 tbs of cooking oil, a pinch of salt and pepper. Utensils you need: Frying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl, plate. How to make it: 1. Crack an egg into a bowl. 2. Whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth. 3. Add milk and whisk well. 4. Grate the cheese into the bowl and stir. 5. Heat the oil in a frying pan. 6. Pour the mixture into the frying pan. 7. Turn the omelette with a spatula when it browns. 8. Cook both sides. 9. Place on a plate, spread salt and pepper. 10. Eat while warm. Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 16. What is the purpose of the text? A. To describe something. B. To tell us how to make something. C. To entertain the readers. D. To tell past experience. 17. Below are the ingredients you need to make cheese omelette, except. A. cheese B. spatula C. pepper D. cooking oil 18. When should you add milk? A. After we crack an egg into a bowl. B. After we whisk the egg. C. After we add the cheese. D. After we heat the oil in the frying pan. 19. Pour the mixture into the frying pan.... (Step 6) What does the bold-typed word refer to? A. Egg, milk, salt. B. Peper, milk, cheese. C. Egg, oil, cheese. D. Egg, milk, cheese. 20 When should you spread the salt? A. Before we whisk the egg. B. After the egg and cheese are mixed. C. After the omelette is cooked. D. Before the omelette browns. B. What is your favorite food/drink? Write down the recipe of making it. 194 UNIT 3 Procedures

202 Jawaban Review Unit 3 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. A. Kalimat yang diucapkan Irma artinya Apakah pria yang mengenakan batik itu ayahmu?. Kalimat ini bertujuan untuk meminta fakta (asking for a fact). 2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat My father is the man wearing a blue shirt over there.. Jadi, ayah Aji mengenakan kemeja biru (a blue shirt) 3. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Did you hear that Adi has just got an accident? yang artinya Tahukah kamu bahwa Adi baru saja mendapat kecelakaan?. Jadi, berita yang disampaikan Tantri adalah bahwa Adi baru saja mendapat kecelakaan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 4. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat No, he isn t. And if you like to join, we plan to visit him tonight.. Jadi, mereka akan menengok Adi malam itu (that night). 5. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Tantry artinya Jangan khawatir. Saya akan menjemputmu.. Kalimat ini digunakan untuk memberi jasa (giving a service). 6. D. Kalimat tersebut artinya Harap tidak berenang di sini. Berbahaya.. Kalimat ini bertujuan untuk memperingatkan (to warn) pengunjung untuk tidak berenang. 7. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Try eating at least every four hours..... Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 8. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir, yaitu Try eating... at least 1 hour after waking up. yang artinya Cobalah makan... minimal 1 jam setelah bangun tidur.. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya makanlah makan siang, bukan makan pagi, tidak sesuai dengan kalimat Eat breakfast!. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat Eat smaller portions more often. yang artinya Makanlah porsi sedikit tetapi lebih sering.. 9. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Put butter and milk into a saucepan and boil. yang artinya Masukkan mentega dan susu ke dalam panci dan didihkan B. Pada bagian Ingredients atau bahan, terdapat frasa ½ teaspoon baking powder. Jadi, bubuk pengembang kue yang dibutuhkan sebanyak ½ sendok teh. 11. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari langkah keempat.... Peel apples and slice, then place these on top of the mixture. yang artinya.... Kupas apel dan potong-potong, lalu taruh di atas campuran. dan langkah kelima Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top and bake at 210 C for 25 minutes. yang artinya Taburkan sisa gula di bagian atas dan panggang pada suhu 210 C selama 25 menit.. Jadi, yang ditaburkan di bagian atas adalah apel dan gula. 12. C. Kalimat Fold in flour and baking powder. adalah langkah ketiga, sehingga ini dilakukan setelah (after) langkah kedua kalimat.... Stir eggs and sugar into it., atau sebelum (before) langkah keempat Pour the mixture into large greased roasting tin.. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuai adalah (C) yang berarti kegiatan menambahkan tepung dan bubuk pengembang kue dilakukan setelah menambahkan telur dan gula (after we add eggs and sugar). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 13. A. Pada daftar bahan (Ingredients) tertulis bahwa gula yang dibutuhkan sebanyak 9 ons. Gula sebanyak 8 ons sudah dicampurkan dengan telur pada langkah pertama (kalimat Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 195

203 thick. ). Jadi, gula yang tersisa dan ditaburkan di atas campuran sebanyak 1 ons. 14. C. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah adverb yang menunjukkan urutan, sehingga pilihan jawaban (C) benar. 15. B. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal berbentuk adverb yang menjelaskan cara karena menerangkan kata kerja do. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya secara hati-hati benar. 16. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teks prosedur yang menjelaskan kepada kita tentang cara membuat sesuatu (to tell us how to make something). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) tujuan teks descriptive, (C) tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) tujuan teks recount. 17. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena spatula atau sudip merupakan utensil atau alat, dan bukannya ingredient (bahan). 18. B. Add mild and.... merupakan langkah ketiga yang dilakukan setelah langkah kedua, yaitu Whisk the egg into a bowl.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 19. D. Yang dimaksud dengan mixture (campuran) di sini adalah campuran bahan-bahan yang telah dijelaskan pada langkah pertama sampai keempat, yaitu telur, susu, dan keju. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 20 C...., spread salt and pepper. adalah langkah kesembilan. Jadi, kegiatan ini dilakukan setelah langkah kedelapan, yaitu Cook both sides.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. B. Esai Chocolate Milkshake Recipe Ingredients: vanilla ice cream milk about 50 chocolate cookies Procedure: 1. Put a few scoops of ice cream into the blender. 2. Blend with enough milk to make the mixture thick, but fairly liquid. 3. Add the remaining ingredients and blend. Serves: 4 Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII. 196 UNIT 3 Procedures

204 Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk procedure yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/ paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks. Text 1 Fried Eggs Ingredients: 2 teaspoons of butter (or olive oil) 2 or 3 large eggs, depending on appetite salt and pepper to taste Equipment: a small frying pan a spatula gas ring, at medium heat Method: 1. First, melt the butter in the pan over medium heat. 2. Then, crack open the eggs into the pan and let fry until the yolks begin to harden at the edges (indicated by a lightening in the yolk color). 3. Using the spatula, flip the eggs over and allow to cook ten seconds for over-easy, or up to one minute for over-hard. 4. Finally, add salt and pepper to taste, and serve. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII. Text 2 Cucumber Salad Ingredients: 2 large cucumbers 10 baby carrots 15 cherry tomatoes 4 pepperoncini peppers ¼ red onion ½ green bell pepper ½ red bell pepper 4 ounces feta cheese 2 tablespoons olive oil 6 tablespoons red wine vinegar ½ lemon juice 1 pinch salt 1 pinch pepper 1 teaspoon dried oregano Directions: 1. Slice all vegatables in desired bite-sized chunks. 2. Toss veggies in a large bowl. 3. Add wet ingredients. 4. Add salt, pepper and dried oregano. 5. Fold in feta cheese. 6. Can be eaten right away, but tastes great after it sits for a bit! 7. Finally, enjoy it. Source: October 2, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 197

205 Text 3 String of Stars Supplies needed: construction paper (red, white and blue) printer (optional) scissors string or yarn (red, white or blue) a stapler, tape, or glue 1. Print out the star template or just draw a large star on a piece of paper. 2. Cut out the star and decorate it if you like. Fold tip over Staple, tape or glue here 3. Fold over one tip of the star. Staple, tape, or glue the star to a length of string. 4. Make many stars and attach them to the string. Leave some extra string at the edges for hanging. 5. Now, you can decorate any area with a patriotic flair! Source: September 19, 2008 < 198 UNIT 3 Procedures

206 Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Winda : What do you think of my father s car? Delon :. A. Please drive the car B. Drive the car carefully C. I think it s very nice D. I ll tell you the truth Jawaban: C Kalimat Winda merupakan kalimat yang menanyakan pendapat seseorang. Respons yang tepat untuk kalimat tersebut adalah ungkapan menyatakan pendapat, yaitu pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) mengungkapkan permintaan untuk melakukan sesuatu, sedangkan pilihan jawaban (D) menyatakan kebenaran. 2. Rinda : I am very thirsty. Ika : Sure. Let me get it for you. A. May I have a glass of water, please? B. I don t bring money to buy a drink. C. I don t like plain water. D. Is there anything I can do for you? Jawaban: A Rinda menyatakan bahwa ia sangat haus (kalimat I am very thirsty. ). Kalimat yang tepat mengikutinya adalah kalimat untuk meminta sesuatu, yaitu pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya bolehkah saya minta segelas air. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan ungkapan yang sesuai. 3. Fanty :? Dido : I am bringing a notebook. A. What s your opinion of this notebook B. Can you give me a notebook C. Do you like a notebook D. What are you bringing Jawaban: D Kalimat Dido merupakan ungkapan memberi fakta. Jadi, kalimat yang sesuai diucapkan Fanty adalah ungkapan meminta fakta. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, yang merupakan ungkapan meminta fakta adalah (D) yang artinya apa yang sedang kamu bawa. 4. Mr. Candra : Do you like this mobile phone? Indah : Of course, I do. It s the one I have been looking for, Dad. Who are talking in the dialog? A. A teacher and a student. B. A brother and a sister. C. A seller and a buyer. D. A father and a daughter. Jawaban: D Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara Pak Candra dan Indah. Indah memanggil Pak Candra dengan sebutan Dad. Dad merupakan sebutan untuk ayah. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang bercakapcakap adalah seorang ayah dan anak perempuan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 5. Teacher : Why do you come late? The class has been started a few minutes ago. Rendy : I do apologize, Sir. I ve got a flat tire. Where does the dialog take place? A. In a classroom. B. At home. C. In a town hall. D. In a park. Jawaban: A Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru dan muridnya yang datang terlambat. Dalam percakapan tersebut guru berkata, The class has been started a few minutes ago.. Jadi, dapat dipastikan percakapan tersebut terjadi di ruang kelas (in a classroom). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 6. You find this notice at the gate of a housing complex. ACCESS FOR RESIDENTS ONLY PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 199

207 It means that only the who own the houses at the housing complex can go there. A. security guards B. participants C. people D. guests Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: C Peringatan tersebut artinya memiliki arti bahwa hanya orang-orang yang memiliki rumah di kompleks tersebut yang dapat melalui jalan tersebut. Hal ini dapat juga disimpulkan dari kata resident yang artinya orang-orang yang menghuni/ memiliki rumah di perumahan itu (people who own the houses at the housing complex). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya petugas keamanan, (B) artinya peserta, dan (D) artinya tamu. 7. The following notice is found on a chocolate wrap. KEEP OUR WORLD CLEAN After you have enjoyed the chocolate, where should you throw the wrap? A. Into a pocket. B. Into a recycle bin. C. Into a bag. D. To the ground. Jawaban: B Peringatan tersebut artinya Jagalah kebersihan bumi kita. Itu berarti setelah makan cokelat, kita seharusnya membuang bungkus cokelat di tempat sampah (into a recycle bin). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya di dalam saku, (C) artinya di dalam tas, dan (D) artinya di tanah. Read the text and answer questions 8 and 9. Source: August 5, 2009 < What is the purpose of the text? A. To congratulate someone. B. To greet someone. C. To express sympathy. D. To express gratitude. Jawaban: D Kartu ucapan tersebut artinya Terima kasih berada di sana, selalu menceriakan dan membesarkan hati saya.. Jadi, tujuan kartu ucapan tersebut adalah untuk menyatakan rasa terima kasih. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya untuk memberi ucapan selamat kepada seseorang, (B) artinya untuk menyapa seseorang, dan (C) artinya untuk menunjukkan simpati. 9. Always, cheering and encouraging me The word cheer has an opposite meaning to. A. please B. amuse C. sadden D. disappoint Jawaban: C Kata cheer artinya menceriakan. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata sadden yang artinya membuat sedih. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) artinya menyenangkan, sedangkan (D) artinya mengecewakan. Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13. Peter is the youngest in our family. He is fourteen years old and four years younger than me. He has long, straight hair, bright eyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he is rather naughty at home, but he usually does what he is asked to do. Peter is interested in sports very much, and at school he plays football and tennis. He is the best badminton player in our family. 10. What is the text mostly about? A. Peter. B. Peter s hobby. C. Peter s family. D. Peter s elder brother. 200 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

208 Jawaban: A Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang Peter. Paragraf pertama menjelaskan ciri-ciri fisik dan sifat-sifat Peter. Paragraf kedua menjelaskan kegemaran Peter. 11. From the text we know that Peter is. A. the writer s youngest brother B. the writer s elder brother C. a naughty boy D. a friendly boy Jawaban: A Dalam kalimat pertama dan kedua paragraf pertama terdapat kalimat Peter is the youngest in our family. He is fourteen years old and four years younger than me.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Peter adalah saudara laki-laki penulis yang paling bungsu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 12. Based on the text we know that the writer is years old. A. fourteen B. sixteen C. eighteen D. nineteen Jawaban: C Kalimat kedua paragraf satu menyatakan He is fourteen years old and four years younger than me. yang artinya Ia (Peter) berusia 14 tahun dan 4 tahun lebih muda dari saya (penulis).. Jadi, usia penulis adalah = 18 (eighteen). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. 13. Peter is interested in sports very much, and at school he plays football and tennis. The underlined phrase can be replaced by. A. dislikes sport B. really likes sport C. hates sport very much D. finds sport not really entertaining Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: B Frasa yang digarisbawahi artinya sangat tertarik pada olahraga. Frasa tersebut artinya sama dengan really likes sport yang artinya benar-benar menyukai olahraga. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya tidak menyukai olahraga, (C) artinya sangat membenci olahraga, dan (D) artinya mendapati olahraga tidak benar-benar menghibur. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 17. Things you ll need: a blender Ingredients: 1 avocado (ripe) 500 ml cold milk 250 ml cold water 150 grams sugar 3 5 drops vanilla essence Steps: 1. Peel the avocado and remove seed. 2. Put the pulp of the avocado along with the sugar in a blender, and blend well. 3. Add the milk, water and vanilla essence, and blend for 1 minute. 4. Garnish and serve. Source: October 5, 2009 < Make-Avocado-Juice> 14. What is the purpose of the text? A. To describe avocadoes. B. To describe avocado juice. C. To inform the function of a blender. D. To tell the steps of making avocado juice. Jawaban: D Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure, yang menjelaskan cara membuat jus alpukat, yang disimpulkan dari kata Steps yang artinya Langkah-langkah. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah menjelaskan langkah-langkah membuat jus alpukat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 15. The following are the ingredients that you need to make avocado juice, except. A. an unripe avocado B. cold milk C. cold water D. vanilla essence Jawaban: A Yang bukan merupakan bahan untuk membuat jus alpukat adalah alpukat mentah (unripe avocado). Untuk membuat PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 201

209 jus alpukat dibutuhkan alpukat matang, bukan mentah. Hal itu sesuai dengan bahan pertama yang disebutkan, yaitu 1 avocado (ripe). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan bahan-bahan yang diperlukan seperti yang tertulis dalam tahap Ingredients. 16. Where do you put the pulp of the avocado? A. In a glass. B. In a blender. C. In a bowl. D. In a microwave. Jawaban: B Jawaban diketahui dari langkah kedua Put the pulp of the avocado along with the sugar in a blender..... Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar. 17. Add the milk, water and vanilla essence, and blend for 1 minute. (Step 3) The bold-typed word has a similar meaning to. A. solution B. granule C. mixture D. substance Jawaban: D Kata essence dan substance memiliki arti yang sama, yaitu intisari. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya larutan, (B) artinya butir/biji, dan (C) artinya campuran. Read the text and answer questions 18 and Tips for Mental Health 1. Build confidence. Identify your abilities and weaknesses together. Accept them, build on them and do the best with what you have. 2. Eat right, keep fit. A balanced diet, exercise and rest can help you reduce stress and enjoy life. 3. Make time for family and friends. These relationships need to be nurtured; if taken for granted, they will not be there to share life s joys and sorrows. 4. Manage stress. We all have stressors in our lives. However, learn how to deal with them. 5. Learn to be at peace with yourself. Get to know who you are, what makes you really happy, and learn to balance what you can and cannot change about yourself. Source: October 6, 2009 < content_page.asp?cid= > 18. Why are a balanced diet, exercise and rest good for our mental health? A. They build our confidence. B. They help us identify our abilities. C. They help us reduce stress and enjoy life. D. They help us manage our stress. Jawaban: C Jawaban dapat diketahui dari tips kedua, yaitu kalimat A balanced diet, exercise and rest can help you reduce stress and enjoy life.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 19. However, learn how to deal with them. What does the bold-typed word refer to? A. The stressors. B. The stress. C. Families. D. Friends. Jawaban: A Kata them dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada kata benda yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu stressors (hal-hal yang menimbulkan ketegangan) pada kalimat We all have stressors in our lives.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Read the text and answer questions 20 to 23. I live in a flat near my school. My house is designed for four member family. We have a living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms, a lavatory and a bathroom. In the front door there is a peephole. Opposite the front door is the living room. It also becomes our family room. There are two carpets, two armchairs and two stools, a coffee table, a table for old record, seven beautiful flowers and four pictures in it. In the living room there are also a TV set, a great mirror and two table lamps. Near the living room there are a lavatory and a bathroom with two washers, a great mirror, a sink and a bath tub. There is a passage from the living room to the kitchen. In the kitchen there are a carpet, a table, four chairs, a rubbish bin, flowers and a fridge. In this room I also put many cooking utensils, such as plates, knives, spoons, forks, etc. In my bedroom there is a computer on the computer 202 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

210 table. Besides, there are also a TV set, stereo and hi-fi systems, a bed for me, a table and a great bookcase. Adapted from: October 5, 2009 < 20. What is the text about? A. The writer s school. B. The writer s house. C. The writer s family. D. The writer s room. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan rumah penulis (the writer s house). Hal itu juga didukung kalimatkalimat awal paragraf, yaitu I live in a flat near my school. My house is designed for four member family Where is the bathroom? A. Near the kitchen. B. Behind the kitchen. C. Near the living room. D. Behind the dining room. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima paragraf dua, yaitu Near the living room there are a lavatory and a bathroom..... Jadi, kamar mandi berada di dekat ruang tamu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. 22. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The peephole is in the front door. B. There is a passage from the living room to the bathroom. C. There is a great mirror in the bathroom. D. The computer is in the writer s bedroom. Jawaban: B Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah adanya lorong antara ruang tamu dan kamar mandi. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua There is a passage from the living room to the kitchen.. Jadi, lorong berada di antara ruang tamu dan dapur seven beautiful flowers and four pictures in it. (Paragraph 2) What does the bold-typed word refer to? A. The house. B. The living room. C. The kitchen. D. The bathroom. Jawaban: B Kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada tempat yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ruang tamu (the living room) pada kalimat Opposite the front door is the living room.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. Read the text and answer questions 24 to 27. A Paper Boat Material: A4 paper Steps: 1. Take a sheet of paper of the size A4 (8½" 11"). Fold the upper half down. 2. Find the center line by folding the left side on the right side and by unfolding. 3. Fold downward both upper triangles. 4. At the bottom fold the top strip upward. 5. Fold the two small triangles on the left and on the right backwards to make them disappear. 6. Turn the paper over and fold the other lower strip upwards. You have formed the well known hat. 7. Turn the hat 90 degrees and open it. The thumbs must be inside. Lay the upper and the lower parts on each other. 8. Fold the lower front triangle upwards. 9. Turn the paper over and fold up the other lower triangle. You get a hat without a brim. 10. Open the hat again and put the upper part on the lower one. 11. Pull the upper corners of the triangles both to the right and left. The paper boat is finished! 12. Stretch the boat both to the right and left, and then separate it slightly from underneath so it can float. Source: August 30, 2009 < june2003/papership.html> 24. What is the text about? A. A boat. B. A nice paper boat. C. How to make paper. D. How to make a paper boat. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 203

211 Jawaban: D Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure karena berisi Material (bahan) dan Steps (langkah-langkah). Teks tersebut menjelaskan cara membuat perahu kertas (how to make a paper boat). Hal itu juga dikuatkan dengan kalimat pada langkah kesebelas, yaitu The paper boat is finished!. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 25. What should you do to make the small triangles in the bottom disappear? A. Fold them backwards. B. Fold them upwards. C. Turn them over. D. Open them upwards. Jawaban: A Dalam langkah kelima dinyatakan Fold the two small triangles on the left and on the right backwards to make them disappear.. Jadi, yang dilakukan supaya segitiga kecil di bagian bawah tidak terlihat adalah dengan melipatnya ke arah sebaliknya (fold them backwards). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya melipat segitiga kecil ke atas, (C) artinya membalik segitiga kecil tersebut, dan (D) artinya membuka segitiga kecil tersebut ke atas and open it. (Step 7) The bold-typed word refers to. A. the paper B. the boat C. the hat D. the triangle Jawaban: C Kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada benda yang telah disebutkan pada klausa sebelumnya, yaitu hat (topi) pada klausa Turn the hat 90 degrees..... Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 27. You get a hat without a brim. (Step 9) The bold-typed word has a similar meaning to. A. border B. center C. corner D. top Jawaban: A Kata brim dan border memiliki arti yang sama, yaitu pinggir. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pusat/tengah, (C) artinya pojok, dan (D) artinya puncak. Read the text and answer questions 28 and 29. How to Use a Fire Extinguisher Hold upright. Pull the ring pin. Picture source: Start back 8 feet. Aim at the base of fire. Squeeze the lever. Sweep side to side. 28. What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell how to extinguish fire. B. To tell how to use a fire extinguisher. C. To describe a fire extinguisher. D. To persuade people to use a fire extinguisher. Jawaban: B Teks tersebut merupakan manual yang menjelaskan cara menggunakan pemadam api (how to use a fire extinguisher). Hal itu diketahui dari judul teks (How to Use a Fire Extinguisher) yang diikuti langkah-langkah pemakaiannya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 29. Squeeze the lever. (Step 3) What does the bold-typed word mean? A. Hold firmly. B. Pull firmly. C. Push firmly. D. Press firmly. Jawaban: D Kata squeeze artinya tekan dengan kuat (press firmly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memegang dengan kuat, (B) artinya menarik dengan kuat, dan (C) artinya mendorong dengan kuat. Read the text and answer questions 30 to 33. Stevie Wonder One of my favorite musicians is Stevie Wonder. He is a singer, a song writer, a multi-instrumentalist and a record producer. He is a man who speaks to anyone s soul and spirit. There are many great characteristics of this man. But, there are two key aspects of Stevie Wonder that need description, i.e. his personality and his music. 204 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

212 Stevie Wonder has got the triumph through hardship. As do most of us, Stevie Wonder has been through great trials and tribulations on his path of life. He is blind and is never able to fully enjoy the beauty of the world around him. However, he then triumphs over this adversity. He uses his ability as a gifted musician to grace us with his masterpieces. This can tell us a lot about a man who has the strength to carry on. It is not easy to write and sing a song in such a condition. However, he can prove that he can do both, to write and to sing. Adapted from: October 5, 2009 < 30. Who is Stevie Wonder? A. He is an actor. B. He is an athlete. C. He is a musician. D. He is a dancer. Jawaban: C Stevie Wonder adalah seorang musisi. Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu One of my favorite musicians is Stevie Wonder.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 31. Why can t Stevie Wonder enjoy the beauty of the world around him? A. He is deaf. B. He is blind. C. He is deaf-mute. D. He is paralyzed. Jawaban: B Dalam kalimat ketiga paragraf tiga disebutkan He is blind and is never able to fully enjoy the beauty of the world around him.. Jadi, Stevie Wonder tidak dapat menikmati keindahan dunia di sekitarnya karena ia buta (he is blind). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ia tuli, (C) artinya ia bisu-tuli, dan (D) artinya ia lumpuh. 32. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about Stevie Wonder? A. Stevie Wonder is a talented musician. B. Stevie Wonder has got his success through hardship. C. Stevie Wonder cannot play some musical instruments. D. Stevie Wonder is a man who has the strength to carry on. Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya Stevie Wonder tidak dapat memainkan alat musik. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf satu He is... a multiinstrumentalist..... Seorang instrumentalist berarti orang yang mampu memainkan alat musik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat kelima paragraf tiga, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat keenam paragraf tiga. 33. However, he then triumphs over this adversity. (Paragraph 3) The opposite meaning of the bold-typed word is. A. difficulty B. fortune C. triumph D. failure Jawaban: B Kata adversity memiliki arti kemalangan. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata fortune yang artinya keberuntungan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kesukaran, (C) artinya keberhasilan, dan (D) artinya kegagalan. Read the text and answer questions 34 to 37. How to Show the Rusting of a Metal Materials: a coarse steel wool pad a 10-ounce plastic glass 1 tablespoon vinegar Steps: 1. Place the steel wool in the glass. 2. Pour the vinegar over the steel wool. 3. Observe the color of the steel wool immediately, and then periodically for 2 or more hours. 4. The steel wool is silvery in color at the beginning of the experiment. As time passes, parts of the steel wool have a reddish brown color. Source: Science through the Ages 34. What do you pour over the steel wool? A. Water. B. A steel wool pad. C. Vinegar. D. A plastic glass. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 205

213 Jawaban: C Yang dituang di atas wol baja adalah cuka (vinegar). Hal itu sesuai dengan langkah kedua Pour the vinegar over the steel wool.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 35. How should you observe the color of the steel wool? A. Immediately and periodically. B. Slowly and periodically. C. Immediately and once. D. Slowly and once. Jawaban: A Dalam langkah ketiga dijelaskan Observe the color of the steel wool immediately and then periodically for 2 or more hours.. Jadi, warna wol baja seharusnya diamati dengan cepat dan pada waktu-waktu tertentu (immediately and periodically). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. 36. What is the color of the steel wool as time passes? A. Silver. B. Red. C. Brown. D. Reddish brown. Jawaban: D Setelah waktu berjalan, wol baja yang pada awal percobaan berwarna keperakan berubah menjadi cokelat kemerahan (reddish brown). Hal itu diketahui dari langkah keempat As time passes, parts of the steel wool have a reddish brown color.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 37. Materials: a coarse steel wool pad The opposite meaning of the bold-typed word is. A. harsh B. smooth C. hard D. fluid Jawaban: B Kata coarse artinya kasar. Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata smooth yang artinya lembut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kasar, (C) artinya keras, dan (D) artinya tidak tetap atau berubah-ubah. Read the text and answer questions 38 to 42. My school is one of the most famous schools in our locality. It has a glorious past. It is a very big school with a number of 1,000 students and 40 teachers. My school is located at the heart of the city. My school consists of open spaces, an auditorium, a prayer hall, a big library and separate laboratories for physics, chemistry and biology. There is a computer-learning center attached to the school. We have a vast playground and it is regarded as one of the biggest playgrounds in our town. The principal and the teachers are highly educated and dedicated to the education. Hence, a high level of discipline is maintained. Our school always wants to impart the best possible education to the students. We have a parent-teacher association, an interaction club and an alumni association. All of them function well. Adapted from: October 6, 2009 < 38. The school is situated. A. at the center of the city B. far from the city center C. at the outskirts of the city D. near the city center Jawaban: A Dalam kalimat terakhir paragraf satu dinyatakan My school is located at the heart of the city.. Frasa heart of the city artinya sama dengan center of the city, yaitu pusat atau jantung kota. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya jauh dari pusat kota, (C) artinya di pinggiran kota, dan (D) artinya di dekat pusat kota. 39. What is the main idea of paragraph two? A. The number of students in the school. B. The location of the school. C. The buildings in the school. D. Highly educated teachers. Jawaban: C Secara keseluruhan, paragraf dua menjelaskan jenis-jenis bangunan di sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) terdapat dalam paragraf satu, sedangkan (D) terdapat dalam paragraf tiga. 206 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

214 40. The following statements are TRUE according to the text, except. A. the school is famous in the city B. there are three separate laboratories in the school C. a high level of discpline is maintained in the school D. the parent-teacher association does not function well Jawaban: D Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya organisasi orang tua dan guru tidak berfungsi dengan baik. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat keempat dan kelima paragraf tiga, yaitu We have a parentteacher association, an interaction club and an Alumni association. All of them function well.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf satu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf dua, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf tiga and it is regarded as one of the biggest play grounds in our town. (Paragraph 2) What does the bold-typed word refer to? A. The school. B. The playground. C. The auditorium. D. The library. Jawaban: B Kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada tempat yang disebutkan pada klausa sebelumnya, yaitu playground (taman bermain) pada klausa We have a vast playground..... Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. 42. Our school always wants to impart the best possible education.... (Paragraph 3) The bod-typed word has a similar meaning to. A. take B. get C. put D. give Jawaban: D Kata impart dan give memiliki arti yang sama, yaitu memberi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengambil, (B) artinya memperoleh, dan (C) artinya menaruh. For questions 43 to 46, choose the correct words to complete the following text. My best friend is John. Although he is (43) a different class, we are best friends. John is very friendly and intelligent. He is also a responsible one. As the captain of his class, the teachers (44) him with many important tasks. He always (45) his work well. His favorite subject at school is English. He can speak English (46). 43. A. in B. on C. behind D. beside Jawaban: A Preposisi yang tepat untuk mendahului keterangan tempat a different class adalah in yang artinya di dalam (kelas yang berbeda). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. 44. A. trust B. trusts C. trusted D. trusting Jawaban: A Kalimat soal menggunakan bentuk the simple present tense dan subjek kalimat tersebut berbentuk jamak, yaitu the teachers (para guru), sehingga kata kerja yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah trust. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 45. A. do B. does C. did D. doing Jawaban: B Kalimat soal menggunakan bentuk the simple present tense dan subjek kalimat tersebut berupa kata ganti orang ketiga tunggal, yaitu he, sehingga kata kerja yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah does. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. 46. A. beautifully B. loudly C. calmly D. fluently PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 207

215 Jawaban: D Kata keterangan cara (adverb of manner) yang paling tepat untuk melengkapi frasa berbicara dalam bahasa Inggris adalah fluently (dengan lancar). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya dengan indah, (B) artinya dengan keras, dan (C) artinya dengan tenang. For questions 47 and 48, rearrange the following words into a good sentence. 47. the off of keep reach children The acceptable arrangement of the jumbled words above is. A B C D Jawaban: C Susunan kata yang tepat adalah Keep off the reach of children yang artinya Jauhkan dari jangkauan anak-anak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak membentuk kalimat yang logis. 48. come health hope out soon you good with we The correct arrangement of the jumbled words above is. A B C D Jawaban: A Susunan kata yang tepat adalah We hope you come out with good health soon yang artinya Kami berharap kamu segera sembuh. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ucapan semoga cepat sembuh dalam get well card. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak membentuk kalimat yang logis. For questions 49 and 50, rearrange the following sentences into a good text. 49. (1) The building is very big and beautiful. In the Acropola there is a temple of god Pallas Athena, i.e. Perthenon. (2) There are many shops with souvenirs and postcards in Greece. But the best about Greece is ice cream, which they have in many flavors. (3) My favorite place for a holiday is Greece. (4) The capital of Greece, Athens, is a very pretty city. It has a historical building named Acropola. (5) Besides famous historical buildings, Greece has also beautiful beaches. The beaches are small and stony, but the seas are clean. The weather is very hot, it almost doesn t rain there. (6) It is situated in the south Europe. (7) They all look delicious and you can t resist. Adapted from: October 5, 2009 < my-ideal-place-for-a-holiday/> Which one is the best arrangement to make a good text? A. (3) (6) (5) (1) (7) (2) (4) B. (3) (6) (2) (7) (4) (5) (1) C. (3) (6) (4) (7) (5) (2) (1) D. (3) (6) (4) (1) (5) (2) (7) Jawaban: D Susunan kalimat yang tepat adalah: (3) Tempat favorit saya untuk liburan adalah Yunani; (6) Yunani terletak di bagian selatan Eropa; (4) Ibu kota Yunani, Atena, merupakan kota yang sangat indah. Kota itu memiliki bangunan bersejarah yang bernama Acropola; (1) Bangunan tersebut sangat besar dan indah. Di dalam Acropola terdapat patung dewa Atena, yaitu Perthenon; (5) Selain bangunan bersejarah terkenal, Yunani memiliki pantai yang indah. Pantai tersebut kecil dan berbatu, tetapi lautnya bersih. Udara sangat panas, hampir tidak ada hujan di sana; (2) Ada banyak toko yang menjual cinderamata dan kartu pos di Yunani. Namun, yang terbaik di Yunani adalah es krim dengan berbagai rasa; (7) Es krim tersebut tampak sangat lezat dan kamu tidak dapat menahan keinginan untuk mencicipinya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan urutan kalimat yang tepat. 208 Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

216 Arrange these sentences based on the pictures above to make cooking instructions. 1. Put noodles into 2 glasses of briskly boiling water. 2. Your delicious noodles are ready to be served. 3. Put the seasoning, vegetables oil and chilli powder in a bowl. 4. Mix the noodles well with all of the seasoning. 5. Cook the noodles and simmer for 3 minutes. A B C D Ujian Nasional 2005/2006 Jawaban: D Kalimat-kalimat soal merupakan petunjuk/ prosedur memasak mi sesuai gambar yang tersedia. Berdasarkan gambar, dapat diketahui bahwa urutan cara memasak mi yang benar adalah: (1) masukkan mi ke dalam dua gelas air yang mendidih dengan cepat; (5) Masak mi dan rebus selama 3 menit; (3) Masukkan bumbu, minyak sayur, dan bubuk cabe ke dalam mangkuk; (4) Aduk mi dengan baik dengan semua bumbu; (2) Mi yang lezat siap disajikan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 209

217 Aguestien, H.I.R., Bachtiar B.M., Joko S., Yuniarti D.A New Let s Talk Grade VII for Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya. Azar, B.S Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey: Prentice hall, Inc. Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Curry, Dean Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: The Material Branch. Doff, A. and C. Jones Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily Kamus Indonesia Inggris. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama Kamus Inggris Indonesia. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama. Hornby, A.S Oxford Advanced Learner s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Richard, J.C American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Seaton, A., Mew, Y.H English Grammar for Students. Learners Publishing Pte Ltd. Tan, L.?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd. Teo, Kristine Primary English Cloze Passages. Singapore: Postkid.cmPte Ltd. Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Wiese, J Head to Toe Science. Canada: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 210 Latihan Daftar Pustaka Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

218